WO2023065244A1 - Random access method, terminal device, and network device - Google Patents

Random access method, terminal device, and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023065244A1
WO2023065244A1 PCT/CN2021/125411 CN2021125411W WO2023065244A1 WO 2023065244 A1 WO2023065244 A1 WO 2023065244A1 CN 2021125411 W CN2021125411 W CN 2021125411W WO 2023065244 A1 WO2023065244 A1 WO 2023065244A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
random access
access procedure
slice
information
terminal device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/125411
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
付喆
林雪
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/125411 priority Critical patent/WO2023065244A1/en
Priority to CN202180100344.8A priority patent/CN117730614A/en
Publication of WO2023065244A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023065244A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W74/00Wireless channel access

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a random access method, terminal equipment, network equipment, chip, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product, computer program and communication system.
  • Radio Access Network Radio Access Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • Support vertical business for enhancement one way is to provide lower latency, more targeted, greater flexibility and higher scalability services for multiple services with different requirements based on network slicing. More specifically, the introduction of network slicing allows application providers to participate in the design, deployment, and operation of customized RANs to better support application providers' businesses.
  • the access network can be introduced to enhance slices, such as random access channel (Random Access Channel, RACH) configuration for slices. How to implement switching or fallback between different RACHs is a problem to be solved.
  • RACH random access channel
  • embodiments of the present application provide a random access method, terminal device, network device, chip, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product, computer program, and communication system, which can be used for rollback of the random access process.
  • the embodiment of this application provides a random access method, including:
  • the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the embodiment of this application provides a random access method, including:
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, including:
  • a first processing module configured to determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including:
  • the first communication module is configured to send first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor invokes and runs the computer program stored in the memory to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor invokes and runs the computer program stored in the memory to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, where the computer program causes a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions, where the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which enables a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including a terminal device and a network device for performing the random access method in any embodiment of the present application.
  • whether the terminal device performs rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform the fallback to the second random access procedure.
  • the fallback is determined, or is executed based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures. In this way, the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2A is a schematic flow chart of four-step random access according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic flow diagram of two-step random access according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart of MsgB-based fallback in two-step random access according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is an interaction diagram of application example 1 of the random access method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is an interaction diagram of application example 2 of the random access method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic structural block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic structural block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile
  • D2D Device to Device
  • M2M Machine to Machine
  • MTC Machine Type Communication
  • V2V Vehicle to Vehicle
  • V2X Vehicle to everything
  • the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) deployment Web scene.
  • Carrier Aggregation, CA Carrier Aggregation
  • DC Dual Connectivity
  • SA independent deployment Web scene
  • the embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
  • user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile device user terminal
  • terminal wireless communication device
  • wireless communication device user agent or user device
  • the terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • STAION, ST Session Initiation Protocol
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
  • the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment
  • wireless terminal equipment in industrial control wireless terminal equipment in self driving
  • wireless terminal equipment in remote medical wireless terminal equipment in smart grid
  • wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB, NB base station
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB evolved base station
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • eNB evolved base station
  • gNB network equipment
  • the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device.
  • the network equipment may be a satellite or a balloon station.
  • the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc.
  • the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, and other locations.
  • the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell), and the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro cell), a pico cell ( Pico cell), Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
  • the transmission resources for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources
  • the cell may be a network device (
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell)
  • the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows a wireless communication system 1000 including one network device 1100 and two terminal devices 1200 .
  • the wireless communication system 1000 may include multiple network devices 1100, and the coverage of each network device 1100 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the wireless communication system 1000 shown in FIG. 1 may also include other network entities such as a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), etc.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device.
  • the communication equipment may include network equipment and terminal equipment with communication functions. It may include other devices in the communication system, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • a indicates B which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
  • the random access process is a basic process defined by the MAC (Medium Access Control) layer.
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • NR MAC follows the four-step contention-based random access process and the non-contention-based random access process of LTE.
  • the two-step random access process can further reduce the number of channel preemption compared with the four-step random access process, thereby improving spectrum utilization.
  • the contention-based random access procedure is shown in FIG. 2A
  • the two-step random access procedure is shown in FIG. 2B .
  • the contention-based four-step random access process requires four signaling interactions.
  • Step 1 UE selects a random access resource and transmits a preamble.
  • the message in this step is called the first step message (Msg1).
  • Msg1 the first step message
  • the UE Before sending Msg1, the UE needs to measure the quality of the reference signal, so as to select a relatively good reference signal and the corresponding random access resource and preamble.
  • Step 2 The UE receives the RAR (Random Access Response, Random Access Response) sent by the network in the pre-configured receiving window.
  • the message in this step is called the second step message (Msg2).
  • the RAR includes the timing advance for subsequent uplink data transmission, the uplink authorization and TC-RNTI (Temporary Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, temporary cell radio network temporary identifier).
  • Step 3 The UE performs uplink transmission according to the scheduling information in the random access response, that is, the transmission of the third step message (Msg3).
  • Msg3 will carry the UE identity for subsequent contention conflict resolution; In the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) state at the location, this identifier will be different.
  • a UE in the RRC connected state will carry a C-RNTI in Msg3, while a UE in the RRC idle state and inactive state will carry an RRC layer UE identifier in Msg3. Regardless of the form of identification, this identification can allow the network to uniquely identify the UE.
  • Step 4 After sending the Msg3, the UE will receive the contention conflict resolution message sent by the network within a specified time. Generally speaking, if the network can successfully receive the Msg3 sent by the UE, the network has identified the UE, which means that the contention conflict is resolved on the network side. For the UE side, if the UE can detect the contention conflict resolution identifier in the fourth step message (Msg4) of network scheduling, it means that the conflict has also been resolved on the UE side.
  • Msg4 fourth step message
  • NR further introduces a contention-based two-step random access process, which only includes two signaling interactions.
  • the first message is called message A (MsgA)
  • MsgA includes the preamble transmitted on the random access resource and the PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmitted on the
  • the load information may correspond to Msg1 and Msg3 in the contention-based four-step random access process.
  • the second message is called message B (MsgB), and MsgB may correspond to Msg2 and Msg4 in the contention-based four-step random access process.
  • the UE After the UE selects the two-step random access procedure and transmits MsgA, it needs to monitor MsgB within the configured window.
  • MsgB monitoring behaviors for UEs in different RRC connection states.
  • the UE when the UE is in the RRC connection state, that is to say, when the UE carries the C-RNTI in MsgA, the UE will monitor the C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, physical downlink control channel) and MsgB-RNTI Scrambled PDCCH.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • MsgB-RNTI Scrambled PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • MsgB-RNTI refers to the design of RA-RNTI (Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) used to schedule RAR in the four-step random access process, that is, based on the UE transmitting MsgA The time-frequency position of the selected random access resource.
  • RA-RNTI Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • MsgB-RNTI adds an offset on the basis of RA-RNTI.
  • MsgB For the MsgB message, as before, it corresponds to Msg2 and Msg4 in the contention-based four-step random access process, so its design needs to consider the functions of Msg2 and Msg4.
  • the MsgB should support contention conflict resolution, such as the contention conflict resolution identifier and the RRC message corresponding to the UE.
  • MsgB also needs to support the contents of Msg2, such as random avoidance instructions and contents in RAR.
  • the network when receiving and decoding MsgA, on the one hand, the network may be able to successfully decode all the content of MsgA, such as the preamble and the payload message of MsgA, so that the network can send contention conflict resolution messages through MsgB, That is, the function corresponding to Msg4.
  • MsgB contention conflict resolution messages
  • the network only decodes the preamble in MsgA but does not solve the payload in MsgA.
  • the network does not recognize the UE, but the network can still send a fallback indication through MsgB (corresponding to the function of Msg2) to instruct the UE to continue sending Msg3 without retransmitting MsgA.
  • This fallback can also be called fallback based on MsgB, as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • the terminal can retry the transmission of MsgA.
  • the network can configure the maximum number of MsgA attempts (msgA-TransMax) for the terminal. When the number of MsgA attempts by the terminal exceeds the configured maximum number, the terminal can switch/fall back to the contention-based four-step random access process Proceed with the access attempt.
  • the random access process for slices supports the fallback from the two-step random access process for slices to the four-step random access process for slices, or the fallback from the two-step random access process for slices to the four-step universal random access process.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes:
  • the terminal device determines whether to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1, but is not limited thereto.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the access process is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the rollback of the random access procedure may also be referred to as switching of the random access procedure.
  • the first information may be information for falling back to the second random access procedure. It may indicate whether to support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, and may also indicate whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure; Rollback of the third random access procedure.
  • the first information may also be information for falling back to the third random access procedure. It may indicate whether to support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, and may also indicate whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure; alternatively, the terminal device may perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the third Fallback of the random access procedure.
  • the first information from the network device may directly or indirectly indicate whether random access backoff is supported or performed.
  • the following uses an example in which the first information is information for falling back to the second random access procedure as an example to describe in detail. It can be understood that, in a case where the first information is information for falling back to the third random access procedure, a similar implementation manner may be adopted.
  • the first information may be confirmation information (true) or non-confirmation information (false).
  • the value of the first information is true, which means that the network device supports the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access process to the second random access process, or the network device instructs the terminal device to perform the transition from the first random access process to the second random access process.
  • the fallback of the access process The value of the first information is false, which means that the network device does not support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access process to the second random access process, or the network device instructs the terminal device not to perform the transition from the first random access process to the second random access process.
  • the first information can be 1-bit information, and the value of 1 is confirmation information, and the value of 0 is non-confirmation information; or, the value of 1 is non-confirmation information, and the value of 0 is confirmation information .
  • the first information may be sent when the network device supports or needs to instruct the terminal device to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device receives the first information, it may be determined that the network device supports or the network device instructs the terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device does not receive the first information, it may be determined that the network device does not support or the network device instructs the terminal device not to perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first message sent by the network device to the terminal device includes the first information ;
  • the first message sent by the network device to the terminal device does not include the second random access procedure a message.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure according to whether the first information appears in the received first message.
  • the first information may also include the maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for the random access procedure.
  • the first information may be configuration information about the maximum number of transmissions, or resource configuration information.
  • the resources of the random access process may include a preamble group and/or a random access opportunity (RACH Occasion, RO).
  • the first information indirectly indicates whether to support or perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure or the third random access procedure based on the maximum number of transmission times and/or resources.
  • the first information when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or, the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the first information for In the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the second random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate not The terminal device is supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the first information when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or, in the first information
  • the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to support the rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or to indicate The terminal device is not supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first information when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, if the first If the information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to instruct the support terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, if the first The information includes resources for the second random access procedure, and the first information is used to instruct the support terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is not used for the third random access procedure
  • the terminal device performs a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure A fallback procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure.
  • the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is not used to fall back to
  • the terminal device performs a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the The fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure.
  • the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure is not used for the third random access procedure
  • the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the The fallback of the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure.
  • the first information may include multiple types of information.
  • the first information includes direct indication information and/or maximum transmission times and/or resources.
  • the first information includes multiple maximum transmission times.
  • the above multiple information may be carried in the first information, or may be carried in different information.
  • the first random access procedure may include a slice-specific random access procedure.
  • the second random access process may include a random access process for non-slicing, or a random access process for general resources, or a general random access process.
  • the third random access procedure includes a random access procedure for slices.
  • the first random access process may include a two-step random access process for a slice
  • the third random access process may include a four-step random access process for a slice.
  • the second random access process may include a four-step random access process for non-slicing, or a four-step random access process for common resources, or a four-step universal random access process.
  • the second random access procedure may include a slice-specific random access procedure.
  • the third random access procedure may include a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure.
  • the first random access process may include a two-step random access process for a slice
  • the second random access process may include a four-step random access process for a slice.
  • the third random access procedure may include a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for common resources, or a four-step universal random access procedure.
  • the aforementioned maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice.
  • the foregoing maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice.
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice is different from the maximum number of transmissions (parameter msgA-TransMax) of message A in the two-step random access process in the aforementioned related art.
  • the maximum number of transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice may be a common parameter for each slice or a different parameter for different slices.
  • the first information corresponds to one of the multiple slices, and the first information is applicable to the corresponding slice.
  • the first information may include the aforementioned maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, each slice corresponds to a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice corresponding to different slices may be different.
  • the first information corresponds to one slice group in the multiple slice groups, and the first information is applicable to multiple slices in the corresponding slice group.
  • the first information may include the aforementioned maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, each slice group corresponds to a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, and each slice in the same slice group corresponds to the same number of random access transmissions for a slice.
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions; the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices corresponding to different slice groups may be different.
  • the first information is applicable to multiple slices or multiple slice groups, that is, the first information is common to all slices.
  • whether the terminal device performs the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the fallback of the second random access procedure is determined, or based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures.
  • the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information, and thus determine whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure according to whether the first condition is satisfied. That is, the first condition is a condition for the terminal device to fall back to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device, including:
  • the terminal device executes rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is met.
  • the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device, and may further include:
  • the terminal device determines based on the first information that the first condition is not met, the terminal device does not perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure according to whether the first condition is satisfied.
  • the terminal device does not perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied.
  • the terminal device executes a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not satisfied.
  • the first random access process is a slice-specific two-step random access process (2-step slice-specific RACH), and the second random access process is a four-step general random access process (4-step common RACH).
  • the three random access process is a slice-oriented four-step random access process (4-step slice-specific RACH) as an example, and the first condition is a condition for falling back to the general random access process.
  • the first condition is met, for example, the first information indicates that the fallback to the general random access procedure is supported, the first information indicates that the fallback to the slice-specific random access procedure is not supported, and the maximum transmission of the general random access procedure is configured.
  • the terminal device can determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice to the four-step general random access process is not the four-step random access process for the slice. Access process. If the first condition is not satisfied, the terminal device may determine that the fallback from the two-step random access procedure for the slice is the four-step random access procedure for the slice instead of the four-step general random access procedure.
  • the first random access process is a two-step random access process (2-step slice-specific RACH) for slices
  • the second random access process is a four-step random access process (4-step slice-specific RACH) for slices.
  • RACH random access process
  • the third random access process is a four-step common random access process (4-step common RACH) as an example
  • the first condition is a condition for falling back to the four-step random access process for slices.
  • the first condition is met, for example, the first information indicates that the fallback to the random access procedure for the slice is supported, the first information indicates that the fallback to the general random access procedure is not supported, and the maximum random access procedure for the slice is configured.
  • the terminal device can determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice is the four-step random access process for the slice, not the four-step general random access process random access process. If the first condition is not satisfied, the terminal device may determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice is the four-step general random access process instead of the four-step random access process for the slice.
  • the first information may be used in some specific cases to determine whether to fall back to the second random access procedure.
  • the above method may also include:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure If the code group selection thresholds are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure If the code group selection thresholds are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure In the case that the code group selection threshold is the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure In the case that the code group selection threshold is the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
  • preamble groups configured in the two random access procedures are different, which means that the preamble groups configured in the two random access procedures are not completely the same.
  • preamble group A and preamble group B are configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH, but only preamble group B is configured for 4-step common RACH.
  • group A or preamble group B the preamble group configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH is different from the preamble group configured for 4-step common RACH.
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, however, 4-step common RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B, then the preamble of 2-step slice-specific RACH configuration The group is different from the preamble group for 4-step common RACH configuration.
  • the terminal device can directly determine to fall back to the second random access procedure. Or, when the preamble group configuration of the random access procedure satisfies the condition, the terminal device needs to use the first information to judge whether the first condition is met, such as whether the network supports it, and whether the network indicates execution, so as to determine whether to fall back to the second random access procedure. Access process.
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, including:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure
  • the network device sends the first information to the terminal device
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure In the case that the group selection thresholds are the same, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the above method may further include: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure is the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure. That is to say, in some cases, the terminal device can directly fall back to the third random access procedure.
  • the first condition may include at least one of the following conditions 1-11:
  • Condition 1 The first message is received.
  • the first information is sent only when the network device supports fallback to the second random access procedure, then the first condition includes condition 1.
  • Condition 2 first information appears in the first message sent by the network device.
  • the network device will send the first message carrying the first information, and the first condition includes condition 2.
  • Condition 3 the first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first condition includes condition 3.
  • Condition 4 the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure.
  • the first condition includes condition 4.
  • Condition 5 the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure.
  • the first condition includes condition 5.
  • Condition 6 the first information does not include the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice.
  • the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure
  • the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the process from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure
  • the first condition includes condition 6.
  • Condition 7 No resources for the third random access procedure are configured.
  • the first condition includes condition 7.
  • Condition 8 the first information includes the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice.
  • the second random access procedure is a random access procedure for a slice
  • the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the transition from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure
  • the first condition includes condition 8.
  • Condition 9 The maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice is less than 1.
  • the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure
  • the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the process from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure
  • the first condition includes condition 9.
  • Condition 10 resources for the second random access procedure are configured.
  • the first information sent by the network device is resource configuration information.
  • the second A condition includes condition 10.
  • Condition 11 the use condition of the first information is met.
  • condition 11 must also be satisfied before the rollback can be performed, that is, the first condition Condition 11 is included.
  • the first condition may include the above conditions 1, 3 and 11 at the same time.
  • the first condition may include the above-mentioned conditions 4, 5, and 11 at the same time, or include the above-mentioned Conditions 4, 6, 11, or both conditions 8 and 9 above.
  • the usage conditions of the first information may include at least one of the following conditions A-K:
  • Condition A the number of preamble transmissions in the first random access process is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice;
  • Condition B No resources for the third random access procedure are configured
  • Condition C the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • Condition D the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • Condition E configuring resources for the second random access procedure
  • Condition F configure the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure
  • Condition G the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured
  • Condition H The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured
  • Condition 1 configure the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure
  • Condition J Configure the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices
  • Condition K the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first condition may include the above-mentioned conditions A-G at the same time, or include the above-mentioned conditions A-F and H at the same time.
  • this embodiment of the present application may also include obtaining a MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit, protocol data unit).
  • MAC PDU Protocol Data Unit, protocol data unit
  • the above method further includes:
  • the terminal device obtains the first random access procedure in the second random access procedure based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure MAC PDU of the three-step message.
  • the first random access process may be a two-step random access process such as a two-step random access process for a slice.
  • the second random access process may be a four-step random access process, such as a four-step general random access process, a four-step random access process for non-slicing, or a four-step random access process for slices.
  • message A may be MsgA in the two-step random access process
  • the third-step message may be Msg 3 in the four-step random access process.
  • the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, including:
  • the terminal device uses the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
  • the terminal device reassembles the packet based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, and obtains the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the grant size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the third condition may include at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE .
  • the terminal device may multiplex data and/or MAC CE according to logical channel priority (Logical channel priority, LCP), including data priority and/or MAC CE priority.
  • logical channel priority Logical channel priority, LCP
  • the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data.
  • the priority of data is higher than that of MAC CE, and the terminal equipment prioritizes multiplexing data.
  • the terminal device in the process that the terminal device reassembles packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the resource size of the third step message in the second random access process is greater than that of the first random access process The authorized size of message A in the process, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  • the preset bit is 0 or 1, for example.
  • the above method further Can include:
  • the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of message A in the message A buffer.
  • the above method may also include:
  • the terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
  • the above method further includes:
  • the terminal device obtains the third The MAC PDU of the third step message in the random access process.
  • the first random access process may be a two-step random access process such as a two-step random access process for a slice.
  • the third random access process may be a four-step random access process, such as a four-step random access process for slices, a four-step general random access process, or a four-step random access process for non-slices.
  • message A may be MsgA in the two-step random access process
  • the third-step message may be Msg 3 in the four-step random access process.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the grant size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE .
  • the terminal device can multiplex data and/or MAC CE according to LCP (including priority of data and/or priority of MAC CE).
  • the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data.
  • the priority of data is higher than that of MAC CE, and the terminal equipment prioritizes multiplexing data.
  • the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  • the method further includes :
  • the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of message A in the message A buffer.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
  • this embodiment of the present application may further provide a manner of stopping random access, stopping performing rollback of a random access procedure, or determining random access failure.
  • the above method further includes:
  • the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that the random access fails.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that the random access fails.
  • the fourth condition includes:
  • Condition L the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • Condition M the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • Condition 0 the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • Condition P the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • Condition Q So the grant size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the fourth condition may include the above-mentioned conditions L-M at the same time.
  • the fourth condition may include the above conditions O-Q at the same time.
  • the fourth condition may include the above-mentioned conditions L-Q at the same time.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a configuration manner of random access resources.
  • the configuration manner of random access resources may be combined with the aforementioned random access method, or may be implemented independently.
  • the above method further includes:
  • the terminal device acquires random access resources based on the resource configuration information sent by the network device; wherein the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
  • the method further includes:
  • the network device sends resource configuration information to the terminal device, where the resource configuration information is used to indicate random access resources, and the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
  • the terminal device uses general random access resources to perform a random access process.
  • the terminal device can fall back from the two-step random access resources for slices to the four-step universal random access process, and A four-step universal random access procedure is performed using universal random access resources.
  • the terminal device may use general random access resources to perform a general random access procedure or a slice-specific random access procedure.
  • the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
  • the network configures corresponding random access resources for each slice, and each configured random access resource is only applicable to its corresponding slice, and random access resources used by different slices may be different.
  • the network configures corresponding random access resources for each slice group, and each configured random access resource is applicable to multiple slices in its corresponding slice group, and the random access resources used by different slice groups Can be different.
  • the random access resource for a slice corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • the network can configure one or more slice-specific random access resources (slice-specific RA resources), wherein one slice-specific RA resource can be associated with one or more slices/slice groups.
  • slice-specific RA resources slice-specific random access resources
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific random access resource.
  • a slice or slice group can only be associated with one slice-specific RA resource. Based on this, the terminal device can uniquely determine the corresponding random access resource according to the slice information currently triggering the random access.
  • the above random access method further includes:
  • the terminal device determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the random access corresponding to the slice group, Incoming resources for random access.
  • the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups is used to represent which slices are included in a slice group, or which slice group a slice belongs to. Specifically, if a slice group (slice group) includes multiple slices (slices), then if the UE's Non-Access Stratum (Non-Access Stratum, NAS) triggers
  • the slice information of the RA is a slice, and the UE needs to determine the slice group to which it belongs according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and use the RA resources corresponding to the slice group to perform random access.
  • the RA resources used by each slice in the slice group are the same as the RA resource parameters.
  • the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
  • the above random access method further includes:
  • the terminal device In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, the terminal device, based on the slice and The mapping relationship of the slice group determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs, and performs random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific RA resource indicated by the network is for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers RA to the AS from the UE NAS is slice, the UE needs to The mapping relationship with the slice group determines the slice group to which it belongs, and uses the RA resources corresponding to the slice group to perform random access. Wherein, further, the RA resources used by each slice in the slice group are the same as the RA resource parameters.
  • the above random access method further includes:
  • the terminal device In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice group, the terminal device, based on the performing random access on the random access resource corresponding to the first slice group.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific RA resource indicated by the network is for the slice group, then if the slice information of the AS that triggers the RA given by the UE NAS is the slice group, the UE uses The RA resources corresponding to the slice group are randomly accessed.
  • the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (System Information Block, SIB) and/or RRC signaling. That is, resource configuration information can be carried by SIB or RRC signaling.
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the above method further includes:
  • the terminal device executes a first random access process based on the random access resource for the slice.
  • the preamble group configured for the two-step random access procedure of the slice includes the first preamble group
  • the preamble group configured for the four-step random access procedure includes the The first preamble group
  • 4step RA should also be configured with preamble group B.
  • 4step RA includes but not limited to 4step slice-specific RA, and/or, 4step common RA.
  • the preamble group configured for the two-step random access procedure for the slice includes the The first preamble group
  • the preamble group configured in the four-step random access procedure includes the first preamble group
  • the four-step random access process includes at least one of the following: a four-step random access process for slices, a four-step random access process for non-slices, a four-step random access process for general resources, Four-step universal random access procedure.
  • the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice and resources for a four-step random access process for a slice
  • the four-step random access process is for a slice Four-step random access process.
  • the 4step RA can be 4step slice-specific RA.
  • the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice but do not include resources for a four-step random access process for a slice, or if the random access resources include resources for a slice
  • the resources of the two-step random access process but the resources of the four-step random access process in the random access resources are only configured with general random access resources
  • the four-step random access process is a four-step random access process for non-slicing One-step random access procedure or four-step random access procedure for common resources or four-step universal random access procedure.
  • the 4step RA can be 4step common RA.
  • the above random access method also includes:
  • the access stratum (AS) of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access stratum (NAS) of the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate the non-access The layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a cell reselection method, which may be combined with the above random access method, or may be implemented independently.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends slice-specific cell reselection information to the terminal device, and/or, the terminal device obtains slice-specific cell reselection information (slice-specific cell reselection) configured by the network device;
  • slice-specific cell reselection information (slice-specific cell reselection) configured by the network device;
  • the cell reselection information of is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
  • the network can configure cell reselection information for slices.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice may be the cell reselection information used by a specific slice, or the cell reselection information used by a specific slice group.
  • the cell reselection information also includes cell reselection parameters.
  • the network may configure one or more pieces of cell reselection information for slices.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • a slice-specific cell reselection parameter or information can be associated with one or more slices/slice groups.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
  • a slice or slice group can only be associated with one slice-specific cell reselection parameter or information. Based on this, the terminal device can uniquely determine the parameters or information of the corresponding slice-specific cell reselection based on the slice information that triggers the reselection.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the slice group to which the second slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group , to perform cell reselection.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices
  • the slice information of the AS that triggers cell reselection (cell reselection) given by the UE NAS is a slice
  • the UE needs to determine the slice according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group
  • the slice group it belongs to and use the parameters or information of reselection (reselection) corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection.
  • the reselection parameters or information used by each slice in the slice group are the same.
  • the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the the slice group described in the second slice, and perform cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is slice, then The UE needs to determine the slice group it belongs to according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and use the reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection. Wherein, further, the reselection parameters or information used by each slice in the slice group are the same.
  • the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device Reselection information for cell reselection.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for the slice group, then if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is slice group, Then the UE uses the reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device is based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice Perform cell reselection.
  • the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for slices
  • the slice information that triggers cell reselection sent by the UE NAS to the AS is a slice
  • the UE uses the slice-specific reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice , to perform cell reselection.
  • the above method also includes:
  • the terminal device In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, then the terminal device, based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, in the Determine a second slice from the second slice group, and perform cell reselection based on cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice.
  • the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the second slice group as the second slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the second slice.
  • the second slice or select the slice at the last position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the second slice, Or select the slice with the largest slice ID in the group as the second slice.
  • a slice group includes multiple slices, and the parameters or information of the slice-specific reselection indicated by the network are for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is the slice group, Then the terminal device selects a slice in the slice group, and uses the parameters or information of reselection corresponding to the selected slice to perform cell reselection.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency point corresponding to the cell can be indicated without indicating the identity of the cell or the physical cell identifier (Physical Cell Identifier, PCI).
  • PCI Physical Cell Identifier
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identifier (Cell Identifier, CI) corresponding to the slice ) or PCI.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice indicates the granularity of the cell, including the information used to identify the cell and the information used to identify the cell supported. slice information.
  • the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity or PCI corresponding to the slice.
  • the above method applied to cell reselection is also applicable to the cell selection (cell selection) process, that is, the embodiment of the present application also provides a cell selection method, which can be combined with the above random access method, cell reselection Methods can be combined or implemented independently.
  • cell selection cell selection
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a cell selection method, which can be combined with the above random access method, cell reselection Methods can be combined or implemented independently.
  • cell selection method refer to the following optional methods for details.
  • the method includes:
  • the network device sends cell selection information for the slice to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device acquires the cell selection information for the slice configured by the network device; wherein the cell selection information for the slice is applicable to its corresponding A slice or corresponding slice group.
  • the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
  • the above method further includes: if the slice information triggering cell selection is a third slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the third slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the slice group is used for cell selection.
  • the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice, the terminal device determine the slice group described in the third slice, and perform cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group.
  • the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, then the terminal device based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice group performs cell selection.
  • the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is a third slice, the terminal device, based on the third slice, The cell selection information corresponding to the slice is used for cell selection.
  • the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, the terminal device The third slice is determined in the third slice group, and the cell selection is performed based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice.
  • the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the third slice group as the third slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the third slice.
  • the third slice or select the slice at the last position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the third slice, or The slice with the largest slice identity within the group is selected as the third slice.
  • the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice .
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice.
  • the UE when the first condition is satisfied, the UE performs the first random access process (two-step random access process for slices, 2-step slice-specific RACH) to the second random access process (four Step common random access process, four-step random access process for common resources, 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
  • first random access process two-step random access process for slices, 2-step slice-specific RACH
  • second random access process four Step common random access process, four-step random access process for common resources, 4-step common RACH
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resources
  • the network indicates the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether the UE is supported to perform fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step common RACH:
  • the first information is for each slice (per slice) or for each slice group (per slice group).
  • the first information is common to each slice/slice group (slice/slice group common).
  • the first information is the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for the slice, and this parameter is different from the msgA-TransMax parameter in the aforementioned related art.
  • the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice may be common to the slice, or different for different slices.
  • the first information is used when the preamble (preamble) groups configured by the 2-step slice-specific RACH and the 4-step common RACH are different.
  • the first information is used when the preamble groups configured by the 2-step slice-specific RACH and the 4-step slice-specific RACH are different.
  • vice versa used when the preamble groups configured by 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH are the same.
  • the first information, in 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configured preamble groups are the same).
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B
  • 4-step common RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, that is, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice -specific
  • the preamble group configured by RACH is different.
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, however, 4-step common RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B, that is, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice -specific
  • the preamble group configured by RACH is different.
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • the UE When the first condition is met, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step common RACH.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following: the first information is received, the first information appears, the first information is set to true, the value of the first information is greater than or equal to 1, and the first Conditions of Use of Information.
  • the usage conditions of the first information may include at least one of the following:
  • PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER MsgA maximum transmission times + 1 for the slice;
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, and/or, preamble group A and preamble group B have the same selection threshold);
  • the preamble groups configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH are different (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured, and/or, the selection thresholds of preamble group A and preamble group B are different ).
  • the UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
  • the third random access process in the second random access process is obtained MAC PDU of step message (Msg 3MAC PDU).
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • the UE When performing RACH fallback or handover, the UE obtains the Msg3MAC PDU. Specifically, refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • group A is selected for 2-step slice-specific RACH, and group A is also selected for 4-step common RACH.
  • Msg3MAC PDU is MsgA MAC PDU.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, for example, both configure only preamble group A or preamble group B);
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group selection threshold (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have the same selection threshold for preamble group A and preamble group B);
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, for example, both configure only preamble group A or preamble group B;
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure the same preamble group selection threshold (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH select preamble group A and preamble group B same threshold);
  • the grant size of Msg3 is the same as the MsgA MAC PDU size.
  • the MsgA MAC PDU is reassembled, and the reassembled MAC PDU is stored in the Msg3buffer, that is to say, the Msg3MAC PDU is the MAC PDU of the MsgA MAC PDU reassembled packet.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure different preamble groups (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different preamble selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different selection thresholds for preamble group A and preamble group B);
  • the preamble groups configured by 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH are different (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure different preamble group selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH select preamble group A and preamble group B different thresholds);
  • Msg3grant size is different from MsgA MAC PDU size.
  • How to reassemble the packet may depend on UE implementation
  • the UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
  • the UE stops the current RACH transmission, or the UE stops the RACH fallback/handover, or the UE considers that the RACH process fails.
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • the UE stops the current RACH transmission, or the UE stops the RACH fallback/handover, or the UE considers that the RACH procedure fails.
  • the fourth condition is at least one of the following:
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure different preamble groups (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
  • 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different preamble selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different selection thresholds for preamble group A and preamble group B);
  • Msg3grant size is different from MsgA MAC PDU size.
  • this application example provides a way to stop RACH or stop RACH fallback.
  • the UE when the maximum number of transmissions for the slice-specific random access procedure is configured, the UE performs the transition from the 2-step slice-specific RACH to the slice-specific RACH based on the number of transmissions.
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
  • the network indicates the first information.
  • the first information is the maximum random access transmission times (MsgA maximum transmission times) for the slice, and this parameter is different from the msgA-TransMax parameter in the aforementioned related art.
  • MsgA maximum transmission times the maximum random access transmission times
  • the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1.
  • the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice may be common to the slice, or different for different slices.
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for the slice, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH.
  • the UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
  • the UE performs a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH) to a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
  • a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH)
  • a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
  • the network is only configured with msgA-TransMax, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices (the maximum number of transmissions of MsgA) is not configured.
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches msgA-TransMax, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH.
  • the UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
  • the UE performs a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH) to a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
  • a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH)
  • a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
  • the network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
  • the RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
  • the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
  • the RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
  • all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
  • the network is only configured with msgA-TransMax, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices (the maximum number of transmissions of MsgA) is not configured.
  • the network indicates that the configured msgA-TransMax is used or can also be used to perform random access fallback for slices.
  • the UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
  • PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches msgA-TransMax, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH.
  • the UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
  • the slice-specific UE capability is added, which belongs to optional features without UE radio access capability parameters (optional features without UE radio access capability parameters). It should be noted that the solution for introducing this capability provided in this application example can be implemented in combination with the aforementioned methods, or can be implemented independently. Optionally, this capability is introduced separately for the cell reselection of the slice and the RACH of the slice.
  • RACH partitioning the ability to support RACH partitioning
  • RACH fallback the ability to support RACH prioritization
  • RACH prioritization the ability to support slice-based RACH processes
  • Capability at least one of slice-based RACH resource selection capability. That is, at least one of them is an independent capability or an overall capability.
  • a capability of slice frequency priority and/or frequency sub priority is introduced.
  • the UE capability for the slice is added, and the capability belongs to UE radio access capability parameters (UE radio access capability parameters).
  • UE radio access capability parameters UE radio access capability parameters
  • the cell reselection for the slice and/or the RACH for the slice respectively introduce this capability.
  • the capability of frequency point priority and/or frequency point sub priority for slice is introduced. That is, at least one of them is an independent ability, or an overall ability.
  • At least one of the ability to support RACH partitioning, the ability to support RACH fallback, the ability to support RACH prioritization, the ability to support slice-based RACH processes, and the ability to support slice-based RACH resource selection can be further introduced.
  • at least one of them is an independent capability or an overall capability.
  • the capability is whether the UE supports receiving slice-related information in dedicated RRC, such as RRCrelease.
  • the slice-related information may be slice-specific cell selection information, and/or slice-specific cell reselection information, and/or slice-specific RACH information, such as slice-based RACH fallback, Slice-based RACH selection, slice-based RA priority parameter selection, slice-based RACH process, and the aforementioned maximum number of transmissions, etc.
  • the capability is whether the UE supports receiving the reselection priority and/or sub-priority for the slice in dedicated RRC, such as RRCelelease.
  • this capability is based on UE or BC (band combination, band combination).
  • the capability is optional.
  • this capability does not distinguish FDD (Frequency Division Duplexing, frequency division duplexing) and TDD (Time Division Duplexing, time division duplexing), or, distinguishes FDD-TDD.
  • the capability does not distinguish frequency bands or distinguishes frequency bands, for example, does not distinguish between FR1 and FR2, or distinguishes between FR1 and FR2.
  • whether the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform a fallback to the second random access procedure Determined, or based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures. In this way, the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure.
  • this embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device 100, referring to FIG. 8 , which includes:
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the first random access procedure includes a slice-specific random access procedure.
  • the second random access procedure includes a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure.
  • the third random access procedure includes a random access procedure for slices.
  • the first random access procedure includes a two-step random access procedure for slices
  • the third random access procedure includes a four-step random access procedure for slices.
  • the second random access procedure includes a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for common resources, or a four-step universal random access procedure.
  • the first information includes maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for a random access procedure.
  • the first information when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, And/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to execute A fallback from a random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  • the first information when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, And/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform The rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than In the case of being equal to 1, if the first information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform the resource from the first random access procedure A fallback to the second random access procedure.
  • the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than When it is equal to 1, if the first information includes resources for the second random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform the process from the first random access procedure to Rollback of the second random access procedure.
  • the first information corresponds to one of the multiple slices, and the first information is applicable to the corresponding slice.
  • the first information corresponds to one slice group in the multiple slice groups, and the first information is applicable to multiple slices in the corresponding slice group.
  • the first information is applicable to multiple slices or multiple slice groups.
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure.
  • the first condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the first information appears in a first message sent by the network device
  • the first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure
  • the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure
  • the first information does not include a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure
  • the first information does not include a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice
  • the first information includes a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is less than 1;
  • the use condition of the first information is satisfied.
  • the usage conditions of the first information include at least one of the following:
  • the number of preamble transmissions of the first random access procedure is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured
  • the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure
  • the data unit MAC PDU obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process.
  • the first processing module 110 is configured to:
  • the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
  • repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process to obtain the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
  • the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure
  • the data unit MAC PDU is to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
  • the first processing module 110 is specifically configured to:
  • the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process;
  • repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
  • the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
  • the second condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of the message A in the first random access procedure;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the grant size of the third-step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the third condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE.
  • the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  • the fourth condition includes:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
  • the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • random access resources do not include random access resources for slices
  • a random access procedure is performed using general random access resources.
  • the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, determine the slice group to which the first slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups , and perform random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice that triggers random access If the information is the first slice, the slice group to which the first slice belongs is determined based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and random access is performed based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice that triggers random access If the information is the first slice group, the terminal device performs random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the first slice group.
  • the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (SIB) and/or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • SIB system information block
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the first random access procedure is performed based on the slice-specific random access resources.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: obtain slice-specific cell reselection information configured by the network device; wherein, the slice-specific cell reselection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the slice group to which the second slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group , to perform cell reselection.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, then Determining the slice group described in the second slice based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and performing cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, Then perform cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, then based on The cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice performs cell reselection.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, then Based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, determine a second slice in the second slice group, and perform cell reselection based on cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice.
  • the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the second slice group as the second slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the second slice.
  • the second slice or select the slice at the last position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the second slice, Or select the slice with the largest slice ID in the group as the second slice.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity corresponding to the slice PCI.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
  • the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity or PCI corresponding to the slice.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: acquire slice-specific cell selection information configured by the network device; wherein, the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group .
  • the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
  • the method also includes:
  • the terminal device determines the slice group to which the third slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, and performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group. Cell selection.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice, then based on the slice The mapping relationship with the slice group determines the slice group described in the third slice, and performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, then based on The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice group performs cell selection.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice, based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice performs cell selection.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice group, then based on the slice For the mapping relationship with the slice group, determine the third slice in the third slice group, and perform cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice.
  • the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the third slice group as the third slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the third slice.
  • the third slice or select the slice at the last position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the third slice, or The slice with the largest slice identity within the group is selected as the third slice.
  • the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice .
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  • the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes a frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice.
  • the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
  • the access layer of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access layer of the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the non-access The access layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
  • the terminal device 100 in the embodiment of the present application can realize the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments, and the corresponding processes, functions, implementation methods and benefits of each module (submodule, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device 100
  • each module submodule, unit or component, etc.
  • the functions described by the various modules (submodules, units or components, etc.) in the terminal device 100 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by different modules (submodules, units or components, etc.), or may be implemented by the same One module (submodule, unit or component, etc.) realizes, for example, the first sending module and the second sending module can be different modules, also can be the same module, all can realize its in the embodiment of the present application corresponding function.
  • the communication module in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver of the device, and part or all of the other modules may be implemented by a processor of the device.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a network device 200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device 200 may include:
  • the first communication module 210 is configured to send first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
  • the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  • the first communication module 210 is specifically configured to:
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are different, sending the first information to the terminal device;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure. Sending the first information to the terminal device when the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the entry process are different;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure.
  • the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are the same, sending the first information to the terminal device;
  • the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access procedure are the same, the first information is sent to the terminal device.
  • the first communication module 210 is also used for:
  • the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
  • the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (SIB) and/or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • SIB system information block
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first communication module 210 is further configured to: send cell reselection information for a slice to the terminal device; wherein the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to a corresponding slice or a corresponding slice group.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
  • the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice.
  • the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity corresponding to the slice PCI.
  • the first communication module 210 is further configured to: send slice-specific cell selection information to the terminal device; wherein the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to a corresponding slice or a corresponding slice group.
  • the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  • each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
  • the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  • the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice.
  • the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice .
  • the network device 200 in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the functions described by the modules (submodules, units or components, etc.) in the network device 200 of the embodiment of the application can be realized by different modules (submodules, units or components, etc.), or by the same module (submodule, unit or component, etc.), for example, the first sending module and the second sending module can be different modules, or the same module, all of which can realize their corresponding functions in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication module in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver of the device, and part or all of the other modules may be implemented by a processor of the device.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the application, wherein the communication device 600 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 .
  • the processor 610 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 620, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 620 may be an independent device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .
  • the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or to receive information or data sent by other devices .
  • the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 600 may be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the communication device 600 may be the terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 700 according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the chip 700 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 .
  • the processor 710 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 720, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 720 may be an independent device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
  • the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730 .
  • the processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740 .
  • the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • the processor mentioned above can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or Other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the general-purpose processor mentioned above may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the aforementioned memories may be volatile memories or nonvolatile memories, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memories in the embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 800 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820 .
  • the terminal device 810 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the methods of the various embodiments of the present application
  • the network device 820 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the methods of the various embodiments of the present application function.
  • details are not repeated here.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a random access method, a terminal device, a network device, a chip, a computer readable storage medium, a computer program product, a computer program, and a communication system. The method comprises: a terminal device determines, on the basis of first information sent from a network device, whether to perform fallback from a first random access procedure to a second random access procedure, the first information being used to indicate whether to support or perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to a third random access procedure. The fallback of a random access procedure can be correctly achieved according to embodiments of the present application.

Description

随机接入方法、终端设备和网络设备Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种随机接入方法、终端设备、网络设备、芯片、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品、计算机程序和通信系统。The present application relates to the communication field, and more specifically, to a random access method, terminal equipment, network equipment, chip, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product, computer program and communication system.
背景技术Background technique
垂直行业对无线通信的强劲需求是有目共睹的,为了满足垂直行业对延迟、移动性、可靠性、位置精度等方面的需求,无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)需要对如何在接入网支持垂直业务进行增强。其中,一种方式为,基于网络切片对不同需求的多个业务提供更低时延,更有目标性,更大的灵活性和更高的可扩展性服务。更具体地说,引入网络切片让应用程序提供商参与定制RAN的设计、部署和操作,更好地支持应用程序提供商的业务。进一步地,可引入接入网对切片的增强,例如针对切片的随机接入信道(Random Access Channel,RACH)配置。如何实现不同RACH之间的切换或回退为待解决的问题。The strong demand for wireless communication in vertical industries is obvious to all. In order to meet the requirements of vertical industries for delay, mobility, reliability, and location accuracy, the radio access network (Radio Access Network, RAN) needs to understand how to communicate in the access network. Support vertical business for enhancement. Among them, one way is to provide lower latency, more targeted, greater flexibility and higher scalability services for multiple services with different requirements based on network slicing. More specifically, the introduction of network slicing allows application providers to participate in the design, deployment, and operation of customized RANs to better support application providers' businesses. Further, the access network can be introduced to enhance slices, such as random access channel (Random Access Channel, RACH) configuration for slices. How to implement switching or fallback between different RACHs is a problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供一种随机接入方法、终端设备、网络设备、芯片、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品、计算机程序和通信系统,可用于随机接入过程的回退。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide a random access method, terminal device, network device, chip, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product, computer program, and communication system, which can be used for rollback of the random access process.
本申请实施例提供一种随机接入方法,包括:The embodiment of this application provides a random access method, including:
终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
本申请实施例提供一种随机接入方法,包括:The embodiment of this application provides a random access method, including:
网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,以使终端设备基于第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The network device sends the first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,包括:The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, including:
第一处理模块,用于基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;A first processing module, configured to determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括:The embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including:
第一通信模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,以使终端设备基于第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The first communication module is configured to send first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor invokes and runs the computer program stored in the memory to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括:处理器和存储器,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, including: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor invokes and runs the computer program stored in the memory to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片的设备执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, including: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,其中,计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, where the computer program causes a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,其中,计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions, where the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序,计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program, which enables a computer to execute the random access method of any embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,包括用于执行本申请任一实施例的随机接入方法的终端设备和网络设备。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including a terminal device and a network device for performing the random access method in any embodiment of the present application.
根据本申请实施例的技术方案,终端设备是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,是基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到第二随机接入过程的回退确定的,或者基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到其他随机接入过程的回退执行的。如此,终端设备能够正确实现随机接入过程的回退。According to the technical solution of the embodiment of this application, whether the terminal device performs rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform the fallback to the second random access procedure. The fallback is determined, or is executed based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures. In this way, the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统架构的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture according to an embodiment of the present application.
图2A是本申请实施例的四步随机接入的流程示意图。Fig. 2A is a schematic flow chart of four-step random access according to the embodiment of the present application.
图2B是本申请实施例的两步随机接入的流程示意图。FIG. 2B is a schematic flow diagram of two-step random access according to the embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例的两步随机接入中基于MsgB的回退的流程示意图。Fig. 3 is a schematic flow chart of MsgB-based fallback in two-step random access according to an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请一个实施例的随机接入方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请另一实施例的随机接入方法的示意性流程图。Fig. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例的随机接入方法的应用示例一的交互图;FIG. 6 is an interaction diagram of application example 1 of the random access method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例的随机接入方法的应用示例二的交互图;FIG. 7 is an interaction diagram of application example 2 of the random access method according to the embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请一个实施例的终端设备的示意性结构框图。Fig. 8 is a schematic structural block diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请另一实施例的网络设备的示意性结构框图。Fig. 9 is a schematic structural block diagram of a network device according to another embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例的通信设备示意性框图。Fig. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性框图。Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意性框图。Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、新无线(New Radio,NR)系统、NR系统的演进系统、免授权频谱上的LTE(LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum,LTE-U)系统、免授权频谱上的NR(NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)系统、非地面通信网络(Non-Terrestrial Networks,NTN)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)、第五代通信(5th-Generation,5G)系统或其他通信系统等。The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Global System of Mobile communication (Global System of Mobile communication, GSM) system, code division multiple access (Code Division Multiple Access, CDMA) system, broadband code division multiple access (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced long term evolution (LTE-A) system , New Radio (NR) system, evolution system of NR system, LTE (LTE-based access to unlicensed spectrum, LTE-U) system on unlicensed spectrum, NR (NR-based access to unlicensed spectrum) on unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum (NR-U) system, Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTN) system, Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN), Wireless Fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi), fifth-generation communication (5th-Generation, 5G) system or other communication systems, etc.
通常来说,传统的通信系统支持的连接数有限,也易于实现,然而,随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如,设备到设备(Device to Device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(Machine to Machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(Machine Type Communication,MTC),车辆间(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)通信,或车联网(Vehicle to everything,V2X)通信等,本申请实施例也可以应用于这些通信系统。Generally speaking, the number of connections supported by traditional communication systems is limited and easy to implement. However, with the development of communication technology, mobile communication systems will not only support traditional communication, but also support, for example, Device to Device (Device to Device, D2D) communication, Machine to Machine (M2M) communication, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V) communication, or Vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, etc. , the embodiments of the present application may also be applied to these communication systems.
可选地,本申请实施例中的通信系统可以应用于载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)场景,也可以应用于双连接(Dual Connectivity,DC)场景,还可以应用于独立(Standalone,SA)布网场景。Optionally, the communication system in the embodiment of the present application may be applied to a carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) scenario, may also be applied to a dual connectivity (Dual Connectivity, DC) scenario, and may also be applied to an independent (Standalone, SA) deployment Web scene.
本申请实施例结合网络设备和终端设备描述了各个实施例,其中,终端设备也可以称为用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。The embodiments of the present application describe various embodiments in conjunction with network equipment and terminal equipment, wherein the terminal equipment may also be referred to as user equipment (User Equipment, UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or user device, etc.
终端设备可以是WLAN中的站点(STAION,ST),可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)设备、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、下一代通信系统例如NR网络中的终端设备,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。The terminal device can be a station (STAION, ST) in the WLAN, a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (Session Initiation Protocol, SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (Wireless Local Loop, WLL) station, a personal digital processing (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA) devices, handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, next-generation communication systems such as terminal devices in NR networks, or future Terminal equipment in the evolved public land mobile network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN) network, etc.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons and satellites) superior).
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以是手机(Mobile Phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端设备、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端设备、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端设备、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端设备、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端设备或智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端设备等。In this embodiment of the application, the terminal device may be a mobile phone (Mobile Phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with a wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (Virtual Reality, VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal Equipment, wireless terminal equipment in industrial control, wireless terminal equipment in self driving, wireless terminal equipment in remote medical, wireless terminal equipment in smart grid , wireless terminal equipment in transportation safety, wireless terminal equipment in smart city, or wireless terminal equipment in smart home.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是用于与移动设备通信的设备,网络设备可以是WLAN中的接入点(Access Point,AP),GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者中继站或接入点,或者车载设备、可穿戴设备以及NR网络中的网络设备(gNB)或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may be a device for communicating with the mobile device, and the network device may be an access point (Access Point, AP) in WLAN, a base station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS) in GSM or CDMA , or a base station (NodeB, NB) in WCDMA, or an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in LTE, or a relay station or access point, or a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and an NR network The network equipment (gNB) in the network or the network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以具有移动特性,例如网络设备可以为移动的设备。可选地,网络设备可以为卫星、气球站。例如,卫星可以为低地球轨道(low earth orbit,LEO)卫星、中地球轨道(medium earth orbit,MEO)卫星、地球同步轨道(geostationary earth orbit,GEO)卫星、高椭圆轨道(High Elliptical Orbit,HEO)卫星等。可选地,网络设备还可以为设置在陆地、水域等位置的基站。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the network device may have a mobile feature, for example, the network device may be a mobile device. Optionally, the network equipment may be a satellite or a balloon station. For example, the satellite can be a low earth orbit (low earth orbit, LEO) satellite, a medium earth orbit (medium earth orbit, MEO) satellite, a geosynchronous earth orbit (geosynchronous earth orbit, GEO) satellite, a high elliptical orbit (High Elliptical Orbit, HEO) satellite. ) Satellite etc. Optionally, the network device may also be a base station installed on land, water, and other locations.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与网络设备进行通信,该小区可以是网络设备(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(Small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小、发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may provide services for a cell, and the terminal device communicates with the network device through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell, and the cell may be a network device ( For example, a cell corresponding to a base station), the cell may belong to a macro base station, or may belong to a base station corresponding to a small cell (Small cell), and the small cell here may include: a metro cell (Metro cell), a micro cell (Micro cell), a pico cell ( Pico cell), Femto cell, etc. These small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmission power, and are suitable for providing high-speed data transmission services.
图1示意性地示出了包括一个网络设备1100和两个终端设备1200的无线通信系统1000。可选地,该无线通信系统1000可以包括多个网络设备1100,并且每个网络设备1100的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。可选地,图1所示的无线通信系统1000还可以包括移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity,MME)、接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF)等其他网络实体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。FIG. 1 schematically shows a wireless communication system 1000 including one network device 1100 and two terminal devices 1200 . Optionally, the wireless communication system 1000 may include multiple network devices 1100, and the coverage of each network device 1100 may include other numbers of terminal devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the wireless communication system 1000 shown in FIG. 1 may also include other network entities such as a mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME), an access and mobility management function (Access and Mobility Management Function, AMF), etc. The embodiment of the application does not limit this.
应理解,本申请实施例中网络/系统中具有通信功能的设备可称为通信设备。以图1示出的通信系统为例,通信设备可包括具有通信功能的网络设备和终端设备,网络设备和终端设备可以为本申请实施例中的具体设备,此处不再赘述;通信设备还可包括通信系统中的其他设备,例如网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本申请实施例中对此不做限定。It should be understood that a device with a communication function in the network/system in the embodiment of the present application may be referred to as a communication device. Taking the communication system shown in Figure 1 as an example, the communication equipment may include network equipment and terminal equipment with communication functions. It may include other devices in the communication system, such as network controllers, mobility management entities and other network entities, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
应理解,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”用来描述关联对象的关联关系,例如表示前后关联对象可存在三种关系,举例说明,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B这三种情况。本文中字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是“或”的关系。It should be understood that the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. In this article, the term "and/or" is used to describe the association relationship of associated objects, for example, it means that there may be three relationships between the associated objects before and after. There are three cases of B alone. In this paper, the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are "or" relationships.
应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。It should be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
在本申请实施例的描述中,术语“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。In the description of the embodiments of the present application, the term "corresponding" may indicate that there is a direct or indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated, configuration and is configuration etc.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范 围。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the related technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and all of them belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.
(一)RACH(1) RACH
随机接入过程是MAC(Medium Access Control,媒体接入控制)层定义的一个基本过程,NR MAC沿用了LTE的基于竞争四步随机接入流程与基于非竞争随机接入流程。The random access process is a basic process defined by the MAC (Medium Access Control) layer. NR MAC follows the four-step contention-based random access process and the non-contention-based random access process of LTE.
在后续标准的演进中,为了进一步优化随机接入流程,引入了基于竞争的两步随机接入流程以及基于非竞争的两步随机接入流程,其目的是减小随机接入过程中的时延和信令开销。另外,考虑到NR也需要支持非授权频谱,两步随机接入过程相对于四步随机接入过程能进一步减少抢占信道的次数,从而提高频谱利用率。以基于竞争的随机接入流程为例,四步随机接入流程如图2A所示,两步随机接入流程如图2B所示。In the evolution of subsequent standards, in order to further optimize the random access process, a contention-based two-step random access process and a non-contention-based two-step random access process were introduced, the purpose of which is to reduce the time in the random access process. delay and signaling overhead. In addition, considering that NR also needs to support unlicensed spectrum, the two-step random access process can further reduce the number of channel preemption compared with the four-step random access process, thereby improving spectrum utilization. Taking the contention-based random access procedure as an example, the four-step random access procedure is shown in FIG. 2A , and the two-step random access procedure is shown in FIG. 2B .
如图2A所示,基于竞争的四步随机接入过程需要进行四次信令交互。As shown in FIG. 2A , the contention-based four-step random access process requires four signaling interactions.
第一步:UE选择随机接入资源并传输前导码,这一步消息称为第一步消息(Msg1)。在发送Msg1之前,UE需要测量参考信号的质量,从而选择出一个相对较好的参考信号以及对应的随机接入资源和前导码。Step 1: UE selects a random access resource and transmits a preamble. The message in this step is called the first step message (Msg1). Before sending Msg1, the UE needs to measure the quality of the reference signal, so as to select a relatively good reference signal and the corresponding random access resource and preamble.
第二步:UE在预先配置的接收窗口中接收网络发送的RAR(Random Access Response,随机接入响应),这一步消息称为第二步消息(Msg2)。RAR包含用于后续上行数据传输的定时提前量、上行授权以及TC-RNTI(Temporary Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,临时小区无线电网络临时标识符)。Step 2: The UE receives the RAR (Random Access Response, Random Access Response) sent by the network in the pre-configured receiving window. The message in this step is called the second step message (Msg2). The RAR includes the timing advance for subsequent uplink data transmission, the uplink authorization and TC-RNTI (Temporary Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, temporary cell radio network temporary identifier).
第三步:UE根据随机接入响应中的调度信息进行上行传输,也就是第三步消息(Msg3)的传输,Msg3会携带UE标识用于后续的竞争冲突解决;一般来说,根据UE所处的RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制)状态,这个标识会不一样。处于RRC连接态的UE会在Msg3中携带C-RNTI,而处于RRC空闲态和非激活态的UE会在Msg3中携带一个RRC层的UE标识。不管是什么形式的标识,这个标识都能让网络唯一的识别出该UE。Step 3: The UE performs uplink transmission according to the scheduling information in the random access response, that is, the transmission of the third step message (Msg3). Msg3 will carry the UE identity for subsequent contention conflict resolution; In the RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control) state at the location, this identifier will be different. A UE in the RRC connected state will carry a C-RNTI in Msg3, while a UE in the RRC idle state and inactive state will carry an RRC layer UE identifier in Msg3. Regardless of the form of identification, this identification can allow the network to uniquely identify the UE.
第四步:UE发送完Msg3之后会在一个规定的时间内接收网络发送的竞争冲突解决消息。一般来说,如果网络能够成功的接收到UE发送的Msg3,网络就已经识别出这个UE,也就是说竞争冲突在网络侧是解决了的。对于UE侧,如果UE能够在网络调度的第四步消息(Msg4)中检测到竞争冲突解决标识,则意味着冲突在UE侧也得到了解决。Step 4: After sending the Msg3, the UE will receive the contention conflict resolution message sent by the network within a specified time. Generally speaking, if the network can successfully receive the Msg3 sent by the UE, the network has identified the UE, which means that the contention conflict is resolved on the network side. For the UE side, if the UE can detect the contention conflict resolution identifier in the fourth step message (Msg4) of network scheduling, it means that the conflict has also been resolved on the UE side.
在基于竞争的四步随机接入的基础上,NR进一步引入了基于竞争的两步随机接入过程,其中只包含两次信令交互。具体的,如图2B所示,第一条消息称为消息A(MsgA),MsgA包含在随机接入资源上传输的前导码以及在PUSCH(Physical Uplink Shared Channel,物理上行共享信道)上传输的负载信息,可以对应于基于竞争的四步随机接入过程中的Msg1和Msg3。第二条消息称为消息B(MsgB),MsgB可以对应基于竞争的四步随机接入过程中的Msg2和Msg4。On the basis of contention-based four-step random access, NR further introduces a contention-based two-step random access process, which only includes two signaling interactions. Specifically, as shown in Figure 2B, the first message is called message A (MsgA), and MsgA includes the preamble transmitted on the random access resource and the PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel, Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmitted on the The load information may correspond to Msg1 and Msg3 in the contention-based four-step random access process. The second message is called message B (MsgB), and MsgB may correspond to Msg2 and Msg4 in the contention-based four-step random access process.
UE在选择两步随机接入流程并传输MsgA之后,需要在配置的窗口内监听MsgB。参考基于竞争的四步随机接入的设计,对于不同RRC连接状态的UE,有不同的MsgB监听行为。一般来说,当UE处于RRC连接态,也就是说UE在MsgA中携带了C-RNTI时,UE会监听C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH(Physical Downlink Control Channel,物理下行控制信道)和MsgB-RNTI加扰的PDCCH。当UE处于RRC空闲态或者非激活态时,没有一个特定的RNTI,因此UE在MsgA中携带RRC消息作为标识,并监听MsgB-RNTI加扰的PDCCH。MsgB-RNTI的计算参考四步随机接入过程中用于调度RAR的RA-RNTI(Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier,随机接入无线电网络临时标识符)的设计,也就是基于UE在传输MsgA时选择的随机接入资源的时频位置。考虑到两步随机接入资源和四步随机接入资源会重用,为了避免不同类型的UE在接收网络反馈时产生混淆,MsgB-RNTI在RA-RNTI的基础上增加一个偏置量。After the UE selects the two-step random access procedure and transmits MsgA, it needs to monitor MsgB within the configured window. Referring to the design of contention-based four-step random access, there are different MsgB monitoring behaviors for UEs in different RRC connection states. Generally speaking, when the UE is in the RRC connection state, that is to say, when the UE carries the C-RNTI in MsgA, the UE will monitor the C-RNTI scrambled PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel, physical downlink control channel) and MsgB-RNTI Scrambled PDCCH. When the UE is in the RRC idle state or inactive state, there is no specific RNTI, so the UE carries the RRC message in MsgA as an identifier, and monitors the PDCCH scrambled by MsgB-RNTI. The calculation of MsgB-RNTI refers to the design of RA-RNTI (Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier, Random Access-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) used to schedule RAR in the four-step random access process, that is, based on the UE transmitting MsgA The time-frequency position of the selected random access resource. Considering that two-step random access resources and four-step random access resources will be reused, in order to avoid confusion when different types of UEs receive network feedback, MsgB-RNTI adds an offset on the basis of RA-RNTI.
对于MsgB消息,如前,其对应的是基于竞争四步随机接入过程中的Msg2和Msg4,因此它的设计需要考虑Msg2和Msg4的功能。一方面,MsgB要支持竞争冲突的解决,比如竞争冲突解决标识和对应UE的RRC消息。另一方面,MsgB也要支持Msg2的内容,比如随机避让指示以及RAR中的内容。这里的原因主要是,对于网络侧,在接收解码MsgA时,一方面网络有可能能够成功解码出MsgA的所有内容,比如前导码以及MsgA的负载消息,这样网络可以通过MsgB发送竞争冲突解决消息,也就是对应Msg4的功能。还有一种可能性是网络只解出了MsgA中的前导码但是并没有解出MsgA中的负载,对于这种情况,网络并没有识别出该UE,但是网络仍然可以通过MsgB发送一个回退指示(对应Msg2的功能)来指示这个UE继续发送Msg3而不用重新再重传MsgA。这种回退也可以称为是基于MsgB的回退,如图3所示。For the MsgB message, as before, it corresponds to Msg2 and Msg4 in the contention-based four-step random access process, so its design needs to consider the functions of Msg2 and Msg4. On the one hand, the MsgB should support contention conflict resolution, such as the contention conflict resolution identifier and the RRC message corresponding to the UE. On the other hand, MsgB also needs to support the contents of Msg2, such as random avoidance instructions and contents in RAR. The main reason here is that for the network side, when receiving and decoding MsgA, on the one hand, the network may be able to successfully decode all the content of MsgA, such as the preamble and the payload message of MsgA, so that the network can send contention conflict resolution messages through MsgB, That is, the function corresponding to Msg4. There is also a possibility that the network only decodes the preamble in MsgA but does not solve the payload in MsgA. In this case, the network does not recognize the UE, but the network can still send a fallback indication through MsgB (corresponding to the function of Msg2) to instruct the UE to continue sending Msg3 without retransmitting MsgA. This fallback can also be called fallback based on MsgB, as shown in FIG. 3 .
如果UE在收到MsgB的回退指示,并基于回退指示所包含的调度资源传输Msg3之后,仍未 接入成功,则终端可以再重新尝试MsgA的传输。此外,网络可以为终端配置MsgA的最大尝试次数(msgA-TransMax),当终端尝试的MsgA的次数超过这个配置的最大次数时,则终端可以切换/回退到基于竞争的四步随机接入过程继续进行接入尝试。If the UE fails to access successfully after receiving the fallback indication from MsgB and transmitting Msg3 based on the scheduling resources included in the fallback indication, the terminal can retry the transmission of MsgA. In addition, the network can configure the maximum number of MsgA attempts (msgA-TransMax) for the terminal. When the number of MsgA attempts by the terminal exceeds the configured maximum number, the terminal can switch/fall back to the contention-based four-step random access process Proceed with the access attempt.
(二)接入网对切片的增强(2) Enhancement of access network slices
垂直行业对无线通信的强劲需求是有目共睹的,为了满足垂直行业对延迟、移动性、可靠性、位置精度等方面的需求,RAN需要对如何在接入网支持垂直业务进行增强。其中,一种方式为,基于网络切片对不同需求的多个业务提供更低时延,更有目标性,更大的灵活性和更高的可扩展性服务。更具体地说,引入网络切片让应用程序提供商参与定制RAN的设计、部署和操作,更好地支持应用程序提供商的业务。因此,Release 17引入接入网对切片的增强,具体涉及用于使UE快速接入支持期望切片的小区的机制,包括:The strong demand for wireless communication in vertical industries is obvious to all. In order to meet the requirements of vertical industries for delay, mobility, reliability, and location accuracy, RAN needs to enhance how to support vertical services in the access network. Among them, one way is to provide lower latency, more targeted, greater flexibility and higher scalability services for multiple services with different requirements based on network slicing. More specifically, the introduction of network slicing allows application providers to participate in the design, deployment, and operation of customized RANs to better support application providers' businesses. Therefore, Release 17 introduces enhancements to slices in the access network, specifically related to the mechanism for enabling UEs to quickly access cells that support desired slices, including:
网络控制下基于切片的小区重选;Slice-based cell reselection under network control;
基于切片的RACH配置或访问限制。Slice-based RACH configuration or access restrictions.
针对切片的随机接入过程(R17slice-specific RACH)支持从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到针对切片的四步随机接入过程,或从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到四步通用随机接入过程。The random access process for slices (R17slice-specific RACH) supports the fallback from the two-step random access process for slices to the four-step random access process for slices, or the fallback from the two-step random access process for slices to the four-step universal random access process.
然而,相关技术中并未明确从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到针对切片的四步随机接入过程或四步通用随机接入过程的技术细节。However, the technical details of returning from the two-step random access process for slices to the four-step random access process or four-step universal random access process for slices are not clear in the related art.
本申请实施例提供的方案,主要用于解决上述问题中的至少一个。The solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are mainly used to solve at least one of the above problems.
为了能够更加详尽地了解本发明实施例的特点与技术内容,下面结合附图对本发明实施例的实现进行详细阐述,所附附图仅供参考说明之用,并非用来限定本发明实施例。In order to understand the characteristics and technical contents of the embodiments of the present invention in more detail, the implementation of the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The attached drawings are only for reference and description, and are not intended to limit the embodiments of the present invention.
图4是根据本申请一实施例的随机接入方法的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统,但并不仅限于此。该方法包括:Fig. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to an embodiment of the present application. The method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes:
S110,终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;S110. The terminal device determines whether to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
与上述方法相应地,图5是根据本申请另一实施例的随机接入方法的示意性流程图。该方法可选地可以应用于图1所示的系统,但并不仅限于此。该方法包括:Corresponding to the foregoing method, FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of a random access method according to another embodiment of the present application. The method can optionally be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1, but is not limited thereto. The method includes:
S210,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,以使终端设备基于第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;S210. The network device sends first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
其中,第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. The fallback of the access process.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,随机接入过程的回退,也可以称为随机接入过程的切换。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the rollback of the random access procedure may also be referred to as switching of the random access procedure.
在本申请实施例中,第一信息有多种实现方式。In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple implementation manners for the first information.
一种示例性的实现方式是,第一信息可以是针对回退到第二随机接入过程的信息。其可以指示是否支持终端设备从第一随机接入过程回退到第二随机接入过程,也可以指示是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。在第一信息指示支持或执行时,终端设备可以执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。在第一信息指示不支持或不执行时,终端设备不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;可选地,终端设备可以执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。An exemplary implementation manner is that the first information may be information for falling back to the second random access procedure. It may indicate whether to support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, and may also indicate whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. When the first information indicates support or execution, the terminal device may perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. When the first information indicates that it is not supported or not executed, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure; Rollback of the third random access procedure.
另一种示例性的实现方式是,第一信息也可以是针对回退到第三随机接入过程的信息。其可以指示是否支持终端设备从第一随机接入过程回退到第三随机接入过程,也可以指示是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。在第一信息指示不支持或不执行时,终端设备可以执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。在第一信息指示支持或执行时,终端设备不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;可选地,终端设备可以执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Another exemplary implementation manner is that the first information may also be information for falling back to the third random access procedure. It may indicate whether to support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, and may also indicate whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure. When the first information indicates that it is not supported or not executed, the terminal device may perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. When the first information indicates support or execution, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure; alternatively, the terminal device may perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the third Fallback of the random access procedure.
可选地,来自网络设备的第一信息可以直接指示或间接指示是否支持或是否执行随机接入回退。下面以第一信息是针对回退到第二随机接入过程的信息为例进行详细说明。可以理解,在第一信息为针对回退到第三随机接入过程的信息的情况下,可以采用类似的实现方式。Optionally, the first information from the network device may directly or indirectly indicate whether random access backoff is supported or performed. The following uses an example in which the first information is information for falling back to the second random access procedure as an example to describe in detail. It can be understood that, in a case where the first information is information for falling back to the third random access procedure, a similar implementation manner may be adopted.
示例性地,第一信息可以为确认信息(true)或非确认信息(false)。第一信息取值为true,代表网络设备支持终端设备从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或网络设备指示终端设 备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。第一信息取值为false,代表网络设备不支持终端设备从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或网络设备指示终端设备不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。例如,第一信息可以为1比特信息,取值为1则为确认信息,取值为0则为非确认信息;或者,取值为1则为非确认信息,取值为0则为确认信息。Exemplarily, the first information may be confirmation information (true) or non-confirmation information (false). The value of the first information is true, which means that the network device supports the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access process to the second random access process, or the network device instructs the terminal device to perform the transition from the first random access process to the second random access process. The fallback of the access process. The value of the first information is false, which means that the network device does not support the fallback of the terminal device from the first random access process to the second random access process, or the network device instructs the terminal device not to perform the transition from the first random access process to the second random access process. 2. Rollback of the random access process. For example, the first information can be 1-bit information, and the value of 1 is confirmation information, and the value of 0 is non-confirmation information; or, the value of 1 is non-confirmation information, and the value of 0 is confirmation information .
示例性地,第一信息可以在网络设备支持或网络设备需要指示终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退时发送。当终端设备接收到第一信息时,可以确定网络设备支持或网络设备指示终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。当终端设备没有接收到第一信息时,可以确定网络设备不支持或网络设备指示终端设备不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。Exemplarily, the first information may be sent when the network device supports or needs to instruct the terminal device to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. When the terminal device receives the first information, it may be determined that the network device supports or the network device instructs the terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. When the terminal device does not receive the first information, it may be determined that the network device does not support or the network device instructs the terminal device not to perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
示例性地,在网络设备支持或指示终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送的第一消息中包含该第一信息;在网络设备不支持或网络设备指示终端设备不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送的第一消息中不包含该第一信息。如此,终端设备可以根据接收到的第一消息中是否出现该第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。Exemplarily, when the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the first message sent by the network device to the terminal device includes the first information ; When the network device does not support or the network device instructs the terminal device not to perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the first message sent by the network device to the terminal device does not include the second random access procedure a message. In this way, the terminal device may determine whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure according to whether the first information appears in the received first message.
示例性地,第一信息还可以包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数和/或资源。例如第一信息可以是最大传输次数的配置信息,或资源配置信息。这里,随机接入过程的资源可以包括前导码组和/或随机接入时机(RACH Occasion,RO)。第一信息基于最大传输次数和/或资源间接指示是否支持或执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程或第三随机接入过程的回退。Exemplarily, the first information may also include the maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for the random access procedure. For example, the first information may be configuration information about the maximum number of transmissions, or resource configuration information. Here, the resources of the random access process may include a preamble group and/or a random access opportunity (RACH Occasion, RO). The first information indirectly indicates whether to support or perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure or the third random access procedure based on the maximum number of transmission times and/or resources.
例如,在第一信息包括针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息不包括针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息中的针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,第一信息用于指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,或者用于指示不支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。For example, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or, the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the first information for In the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the second random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate not The terminal device is supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
又例如,在第一信息包括针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息不包括针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息中的针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,第一信息用于指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退,或者用于指示不支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。For another example, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or, in the first information For the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to instruct the terminal device to support the rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or to indicate The terminal device is not supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
又例如,在第一信息包括针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息中的针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若第一信息不包括针对第三随机接入过程的资源,则第一信息用于指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。For another example, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, if the first If the information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to instruct the support terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
又例如,在第一信息包括针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,第一信息中的针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若第一信息包括针对第二随机接入过程的资源,则第一信息用于指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。For another example, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, if the first The information includes resources for the second random access procedure, and the first information is used to instruct the support terminal device to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
又例如,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。For another example, the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is not used for the third random access procedure In the case of an access procedure, the terminal device performs a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure A fallback procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure.
又例如,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于回退到所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。For another example, the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is not used to fall back to In the case of the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the The fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure.
又例如,在所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示所述针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。For another example, the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure is not used for the third random access procedure In this case, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the The fallback of the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure.
需要说明的是,第一信息中可包括多种信息。例如,第一信息包括直接指示信息和/或最大传输次数和/或资源。又例如,第一信息包括多种最大传输次数。可选地,上述多种信息,可以在第一信息中承载,也可以是在不同的信息中承载。It should be noted that the first information may include multiple types of information. For example, the first information includes direct indication information and/or maximum transmission times and/or resources. For another example, the first information includes multiple maximum transmission times. Optionally, the above multiple information may be carried in the first information, or may be carried in different information.
可选地,第一随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的随机接入过程。Optionally, the first random access procedure may include a slice-specific random access procedure.
在一种示例性的实现方式中,第二随机接入过程可以包括针对非切片的随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的随机接入过程,或,通用随机接入过程。可选地,第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。In an exemplary implementation manner, the second random access process may include a random access process for non-slicing, or a random access process for general resources, or a general random access process. Optionally, the third random access procedure includes a random access procedure for slices.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第一随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程,第三随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the first random access process may include a two-step random access process for a slice, and the third random access process may include a four-step random access process for a slice.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第二随机接入过程可以包括针对非切片的四步随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,或,四步通用随机接入过程。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the second random access process may include a four-step random access process for non-slicing, or a four-step random access process for common resources, or a four-step universal random access process.
在另一种示例性的实现方式中,第二随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的随机接入过程。可选地,第三随机接入过程可以包括针对非切片的随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的随机接入过程,或,通用随机接入过程。In another exemplary implementation manner, the second random access procedure may include a slice-specific random access procedure. Optionally, the third random access procedure may include a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第一随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程,第二随机接入过程可以包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the first random access process may include a two-step random access process for a slice, and the second random access process may include a four-step random access process for a slice.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第三随机接入过程可以包括针对非切片的四步随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,或,四步通用随机接入过程。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the third random access procedure may include a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for common resources, or a four-step universal random access procedure.
具体实施时,在第二随机接入过程为针对切片的随机接入过程的情况下,前述针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数为针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数。类似地,在第三随机接入过程为针对切片的随机接入过程的情况下,前述针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数为针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数。During specific implementation, when the second random access procedure is a random access procedure for a slice, the aforementioned maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure is the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice. Similarly, in the case that the third random access procedure is a random access procedure for a slice, the foregoing maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice.
需要说明的是,针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数与前述相关技术中两步随机接入过程的消息A的最大传输次数(参数msgA-TransMax)不同。可选地,针对切片的最大传输次数为大于或等于1的正整数之一。可选地,针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数,可以是每个切片通用的参数或不同切片不同的参数。It should be noted that the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice is different from the maximum number of transmissions (parameter msgA-TransMax) of message A in the two-step random access process in the aforementioned related art. Optionally, the maximum number of transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice may be a common parameter for each slice or a different parameter for different slices.
可选地,第一信息与多个切片中的一个切片对应,第一信息适用于其对应的切片。例如,第一信息可以包括前述针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数,每个切片都对应于一个针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数,不同切片所对应的针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数可以不同。Optionally, the first information corresponds to one of the multiple slices, and the first information is applicable to the corresponding slice. For example, the first information may include the aforementioned maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, each slice corresponds to a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice corresponding to different slices may be different.
可选地,第一信息与多个切片组中的一个切片组对应,第一信息适用于其对应的切片组中的多个切片。例如,第一信息可以包括前述针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数,每个切片组都对应于一个针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数,同一切片组中的各切片对应于相同的针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;不同的切片组所对应的针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数可以不同。Optionally, the first information corresponds to one slice group in the multiple slice groups, and the first information is applicable to multiple slices in the corresponding slice group. For example, the first information may include the aforementioned maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, each slice group corresponds to a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice, and each slice in the same slice group corresponds to the same number of random access transmissions for a slice. The maximum number of random access transmissions; the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices corresponding to different slice groups may be different.
可选地,第一信息适用于多个切片或多个切片组,也就是说,第一信息是各个切片通用的。Optionally, the first information is applicable to multiple slices or multiple slice groups, that is, the first information is common to all slices.
可以看到,根据本申请实施例的随机接入方法,终端设备是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,是基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到第二随机接入过程的回退确定的,或者基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到其他随机接入过程的回退执行的。如此,终端设备能够正确实现随机接入过程的回退。实际应用中,终端设备可以基于第一信息确定是否满足第一条件,从而根据是否满足第一条件确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。即该第一条件为终端设备回退到第二随机接入过程的条件。It can be seen that, according to the random access method of the embodiment of the present application, whether the terminal device performs the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. The fallback of the second random access procedure is determined, or based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures. In this way, the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure. In practical applications, the terminal device may determine whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information, and thus determine whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure according to whether the first condition is satisfied. That is, the first condition is a condition for the terminal device to fall back to the second random access procedure.
具体而言,终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,包括:Specifically, the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device, including:
终端设备在基于第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device executes rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is met.
可选地,终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,还可以包括:Optionally, the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device, and may further include:
终端设备在基于第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。When the terminal device determines based on the first information that the first condition is not met, the terminal device does not perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
实际应用中,终端设备还可以根据是否满足第一条件确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。In practical applications, the terminal device may also determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure according to whether the first condition is satisfied.
示例性地,终端设备在基于第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Exemplarily, the terminal device does not perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied.
示例性地,终端设备在基于第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Exemplarily, the terminal device executes a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not satisfied.
以第一随机接入过程为针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH),第二随机 接入过程为四步通用随机接入过程(4-step common RACH),第三随机接入过程为针对切片的四步随机接入过程(4-step slice-specific RACH)为例,第一条件为回退到通用随机接入过程的条件。在满足第一条件的情况下例如第一信息指示支持回退到通用随机接入过程、第一信息指示不支持回退到针对切片的随机接入过程、配置了通用随机接入过程的最大传输次数或未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数等,终端设备可以确定从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到的是四步通用随机接入过程,而非针对切片的四步随机接入过程。在不满足第一条件的情况下,终端设备可以确定从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到的是针对切片的四步随机接入过程,而非四步通用随机接入过程。The first random access process is a slice-specific two-step random access process (2-step slice-specific RACH), and the second random access process is a four-step general random access process (4-step common RACH). The three random access process is a slice-oriented four-step random access process (4-step slice-specific RACH) as an example, and the first condition is a condition for falling back to the general random access process. When the first condition is met, for example, the first information indicates that the fallback to the general random access procedure is supported, the first information indicates that the fallback to the slice-specific random access procedure is not supported, and the maximum transmission of the general random access procedure is configured. The terminal device can determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice to the four-step general random access process is not the four-step random access process for the slice. Access process. If the first condition is not satisfied, the terminal device may determine that the fallback from the two-step random access procedure for the slice is the four-step random access procedure for the slice instead of the four-step general random access procedure.
以第一随机接入过程为针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH),第二随机接入过程为针对切片的四步随机接入过程(4-step slice-specific RACH),第三随机接入过程为四步通用随机接入过程(4-step common RACH)为例,第一条件为回退到针对切片的四步随机接入过程的条件。在满足第一条件的情况下,例如第一信息指示支持回退到针对切片的随机接入过程、第一信息指示不支持回退到通用随机接入过程、配置了针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数或未配置通用随机接入过程的最大传输次数等,终端设备可以确定从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到的是针对切片的四步随机接入过程,而非四步通用随机接入过程。在不满足第一条件的情况下,终端设备可以确定从针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退到的是四步通用随机接入过程,而非针对切片的四步随机接入过程。The first random access process is a two-step random access process (2-step slice-specific RACH) for slices, and the second random access process is a four-step random access process (4-step slice-specific RACH) for slices. RACH), the third random access process is a four-step common random access process (4-step common RACH) as an example, and the first condition is a condition for falling back to the four-step random access process for slices. When the first condition is met, for example, the first information indicates that the fallback to the random access procedure for the slice is supported, the first information indicates that the fallback to the general random access procedure is not supported, and the maximum random access procedure for the slice is configured. The number of transmissions or the maximum number of transmissions when the general random access process is not configured, etc., the terminal device can determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice is the four-step random access process for the slice, not the four-step general random access process random access process. If the first condition is not satisfied, the terminal device may determine that the fallback from the two-step random access process for the slice is the four-step general random access process instead of the four-step random access process for the slice.
可选地,可以在一些特定情况下使用第一信息判断是否回退到第二随机接入过程。Optionally, the first information may be used in some specific cases to determine whether to fall back to the second random access procedure.
示例性地,上述方法还可以包括:Exemplarily, the above method may also include:
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,终端设备回退到第二随机接入过程或基于第一信息确定是否满足第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure If the code group selection thresholds are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,终端设备回退到第二随机接入过程或者基于第一信息确定是否满足第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure If the code group selection thresholds are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,终端设备回退到第二随机接入过程或者基于第一信息确定是否满足第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure In the case that the code group selection threshold is the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,终端设备回退到第二随机接入过程或者基于第一信息确定是否满足第一条件。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure In the case that the code group selection threshold is the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
其中,两个随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,是指两个随机接入过程配置的前导码组不完全相同。例如,针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH)配置了preamble group A和preamble group B,但是,四步通用随机接入过程(4-step common RACH)仅配置了preamble group A或preamble group B,则2-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组不同。又例如,2-step slice-specific RACH仅配置了preamble group A或preamble group B,但是,4-step common RACH配置了preamble group A和preamble group B,则2-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组不同。Wherein, the preamble groups configured in the two random access procedures are different, which means that the preamble groups configured in the two random access procedures are not completely the same. For example, preamble group A and preamble group B are configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH, but only preamble group B is configured for 4-step common RACH. group A or preamble group B, the preamble group configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH is different from the preamble group configured for 4-step common RACH. For another example, 2-step slice-specific RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, however, 4-step common RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B, then the preamble of 2-step slice-specific RACH configuration The group is different from the preamble group for 4-step common RACH configuration.
可以看到,在随机接入过程的前导码组配置满足条件的情况下,终端设备可以直接确定回退到第二随机接入过程。或者,在随机接入过程的前导码组配置满足条件的情况下,终端设备需要使用第一信息判断是否满足第一条件例如网络是否支持、网络是否指示执行,以确定是否回退到第二随机接入过程。It can be seen that, when the preamble group configuration of the random access procedure satisfies the conditions, the terminal device can directly determine to fall back to the second random access procedure. Or, when the preamble group configuration of the random access procedure satisfies the condition, the terminal device needs to use the first information to judge whether the first condition is met, such as whether the network supports it, and whether the network indicates execution, so as to determine whether to fall back to the second random access procedure. Access process.
相应地,对于网络设备而言,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,包括:Correspondingly, for the network device, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device, including:
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure In the case of different group selection thresholds, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者第一随机 接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure In the case of different group selection thresholds, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure In the case of the same group selection threshold, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
或者,or,
在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure In the case that the group selection thresholds are the same, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
可选地,上述方法还可以包括:在第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,终端设备回退到第三随机接入过程。也就是说,在一些情况下,终端设备可以直接回退到第三随机接入过程。Optionally, the above method may further include: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure is the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure. That is to say, in some cases, the terminal device can directly fall back to the third random access procedure.
可选地,第一条件可以包括以下条件1-11中的至少之一:Optionally, the first condition may include at least one of the following conditions 1-11:
条件1:接收到第一信息。Condition 1: The first message is received.
例如,第一信息是在网络设备支持回退到第二随机接入过程的情况下才发送的,则第一条件包括条件1。For example, the first information is sent only when the network device supports fallback to the second random access procedure, then the first condition includes condition 1.
条件2:在网络设备发送的第一消息中出现第一信息。Condition 2: first information appears in the first message sent by the network device.
例如,在网络设备支持回退到第二随机接入过程的情况下,网络设备会发送携带第一信息的第一消息,则第一条件包括条件2。For example, if the network device supports falling back to the second random access procedure, the network device will send the first message carrying the first information, and the first condition includes condition 2.
条件3:第一信息指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。Condition 3: the first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
例如,在第一信息为直接指示或间接指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件3。For example, in a case where the first information is a direct indication or an indirect indication whether to support fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the first condition includes condition 3.
条件4:第一信息包括针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数。Condition 4: the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure.
例如,在第一信息用于配置最大传输次数,基于最大传输次数指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件4。For example, in the case where the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmissions, and indicates whether to support fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the maximum number of transmissions, the first condition includes condition 4.
条件5:第一信息不包括针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数。Condition 5: the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure.
例如,在第一信息用于配置最大传输次数,基于最大传输次数指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件5。For example, in a case where the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmissions, and indicates whether to support fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the maximum number of transmissions, the first condition includes condition 5.
条件6:第一信息不包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数。Condition 6: the first information does not include the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice.
例如,在第二随机接入过程为通用的随机接入过程,且第一信息用于配置最大传输次数,基于最大传输次数指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件6。For example, when the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure, and the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the process from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure In the case of fallback, the first condition includes condition 6.
条件7:未配置针对第三随机接入过程的资源。Condition 7: No resources for the third random access procedure are configured.
例如,在网络设备发送的第一信息为资源配置信息,基于是否配置第三随机接入过程的资源指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件7。For example, when the first information sent by the network device is resource configuration information, based on whether the resource indication of the third random access process is configured to support the fallback from the first random access process to the second random access process, The first condition includes condition 7.
条件8:第一信息包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数。Condition 8: the first information includes the maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice.
例如,在第二随机接入过程为针对切片的随机接入过程,且第一信息用于配置最大传输次数,基于最大传输次数指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件8。For example, when the second random access procedure is a random access procedure for a slice, and the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the transition from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure In case of fallback, the first condition includes condition 8.
条件9:针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数小于1。Condition 9: The maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice is less than 1.
例如,在第二随机接入过程为通用的随机接入过程,且第一信息用于配置最大传输次数,基于最大传输次数指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件9。For example, when the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure, and the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmission times, based on the maximum number of transmission times, it indicates whether to support the process from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure In the case of fallback, the first condition includes condition 9.
条件10:配置针对第二随机接入过程的资源。Condition 10: resources for the second random access procedure are configured.
例如,网络设备发送的第一信息为资源配置信息,基于是否配置第二随机接入过程的资源指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件包括条件10。For example, the first information sent by the network device is resource configuration information. In the case of whether to support the fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on whether the resource indication of the second random access procedure is configured, the second A condition includes condition 10.
条件11:满足第一信息的使用条件。Condition 11: the use condition of the first information is met.
例如,在网络设备发送的第一信息指示支持终端设备执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,还需要满足条件11才能执行回退,即第一条件包括条件11。For example, when the first information sent by the network device indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, condition 11 must also be satisfied before the rollback can be performed, that is, the first condition Condition 11 is included.
可以理解,上述条件1-11可以单独使用,也可以同时使用。It can be understood that the above conditions 1-11 can be used alone or simultaneously.
例如,在第一信息为直接指示是否支持从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,第一条件可以同时包括上述条件1、3、11。For example, in the case where the first information directly indicates whether to support fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the first condition may include the above conditions 1, 3 and 11 at the same time.
又例如,在第二随机接入过程为通用的随机接入过程,且第一信息用于配置最大传输次数的情况下,第一条件可以同时包括上述条件4、5、11,或者同时包括上述条件4、6、11,或者同时包括上述条件8和9。For another example, when the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure, and the first information is used to configure the maximum number of transmissions, the first condition may include the above-mentioned conditions 4, 5, and 11 at the same time, or include the above-mentioned Conditions 4, 6, 11, or both conditions 8 and 9 above.
可选地,第一信息的使用条件可以包括以下条件A-K中的至少之一:Optionally, the usage conditions of the first information may include at least one of the following conditions A-K:
条件A:第一随机接入过程的前导码传输次数大于针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Condition A: the number of preamble transmissions in the first random access process is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice;
条件B:未配置针对第三随机接入过程的资源;Condition B: No resources for the third random access procedure are configured;
条件C:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;Condition C: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
条件D:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;Condition D: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
条件E:配置针对第二随机接入过程的资源;Condition E: configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
条件F:配置针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Condition F: configure the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
条件G:未配置针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Condition G: the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured;
条件H:未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Condition H: The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured;
条件I:配置针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Condition 1: configure the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
条件J:配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Condition J: Configure the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices;
条件K:针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数或针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于或等于1。Condition K: the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
可以理解,上述条件A-K可以单独使用,也可以同时使用。It can be understood that the above conditions A-K can be used alone or in combination.
例如,在第二随机接入过程为通用的随机接入过程的情况下,第一条件可以同时包括上述条件A-G,或者同时包括上述条件A-F和H。For example, in the case that the second random access procedure is a general random access procedure, the first condition may include the above-mentioned conditions A-G at the same time, or include the above-mentioned conditions A-F and H at the same time.
可以看到,以上从不同角度描述了本申请实施例中,终端设备如何确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程回退到第二随机接入过程。可选地,本申请实施例还可以包括在执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,得到第二随机接入过程中的MAC PDU(Protocol Data Unit,协议数据单元)的步骤。It can be seen that the above describes how the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure in the embodiment of the present application from different angles. Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may also include obtaining a MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit, protocol data unit).
示例性地,上述方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above method further includes:
在执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,得到第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the terminal device obtains the first random access procedure in the second random access procedure based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure MAC PDU of the three-step message.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第一随机接入过程可以是两步随机接入过程例如针对切片的两步随机接入过程。第二随机接入过程可以是四步随机接入过程例如四步通用随机接入过程、针对非切片的四步随机接入过程或针对切片的四步随机接入过程等。相应地,消息A可以是两步随机接入过程中的MsgA,第三步消息可以是四步随机接入过程中的Msg 3。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the first random access process may be a two-step random access process such as a two-step random access process for a slice. The second random access process may be a four-step random access process, such as a four-step general random access process, a four-step random access process for non-slicing, or a four-step random access process for slices. Correspondingly, message A may be MsgA in the two-step random access process, and the third-step message may be Msg 3 in the four-step random access process.
示例性地,终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,得到第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU,包括:Exemplarily, the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, including:
若满足第二条件,则终端设备将第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the terminal device uses the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
和/或,and / or,
若满足第三条件,则终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到第二随机接入过程的第三步消息中的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, the terminal device reassembles the packet based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, and obtains the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
示例性地,第二条件包括以下至少之一:Exemplarily, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同。Therefore, the grant size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
示例性地,第三条件可以包括以下至少之一:Exemplarily, the third condition may include at least one of the following:
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU 大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,在基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,终端设备根据数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用数据和/或MAC CE。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE .
例如,终端设备可以根据逻辑信道优先级(Logical channel priority,LCP),包括数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用数据和/或MAC CE。For example, the terminal device may multiplex data and/or MAC CE according to logical channel priority (Logical channel priority, LCP), including data priority and/or MAC CE priority.
可选地,在基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,终端设备优先复用数据。例如,数据的优先级大于MAC CE的优先级,终端设备优先复用数据。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data. For example, the priority of data is higher than that of MAC CE, and the terminal equipment prioritizes multiplexing data.
可选地,在终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。其中,预设比特例如是0或1。Optionally, in the process that the terminal device reassembles packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the resource size of the third step message in the second random access process is greater than that of the first random access process The authorized size of message A in the process, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data. Wherein, the preset bit is 0 or 1, for example.
可选地,在终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU之前,上述方法还可以包括:Optionally, before the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process based on the MAC PDU of the message A in the first random access process, the above method further Can include:
终端设备在消息A缓冲区中获取消息A的MAC PDU。The terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of message A in the message A buffer.
可选地,上述方法还可以包括:Optionally, the above method may also include:
终端设备将基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
示例性地,上述方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above method further includes:
在执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退的情况下,终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, the terminal device obtains the third The MAC PDU of the third step message in the random access process.
其中,作为示例而非限定,第一随机接入过程可以是两步随机接入过程例如针对切片的两步随机接入过程。第三随机接入过程可以是四步随机接入过程例如针对切片的四步随机接入过程、四步通用随机接入过程或针对非切片的四步随机接入过程等。相应地,消息A可以是两步随机接入过程中的MsgA,第三步消息可以是四步随机接入过程中的Msg 3。Wherein, as an example but not a limitation, the first random access process may be a two-step random access process such as a two-step random access process for a slice. The third random access process may be a four-step random access process, such as a four-step random access process for slices, a four-step general random access process, or a four-step random access process for non-slices. Correspondingly, message A may be MsgA in the two-step random access process, and the third-step message may be Msg 3 in the four-step random access process.
可选地,第二条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同。Therefore, the grant size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,第三条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,在基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,终端设备根据数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用数据和/或MAC CE。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE .
例如,终端设备可以根据LCP(包括数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级),复用数据和/或MAC CE。For example, the terminal device can multiplex data and/or MAC CE according to LCP (including priority of data and/or priority of MAC CE).
可选地,在基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,终端设备优先复用数据。例如,数据的优先级大于MAC CE的优先级,终端设备优先复用数据。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data. For example, the priority of data is higher than that of MAC CE, and the terminal equipment prioritizes multiplexing data.
可选地,在基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the resource size of the third step message in the third random access process is greater than that in the first random access process The authorized size of the message A, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
可选地,在终端设备基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU之前,方法还包括:Optionally, before the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process based on the MAC PDU of the message A in the first random access process, the method further includes :
终端设备在消息A缓冲区中获取消息A的MAC PDU。The terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of message A in the message A buffer.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
终端设备将基于第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
可以看到,以上从不同角度描述了本申请实施例中,终端设备在执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程或第三随机接入过程的回退的情况下,如何得到第二随机接入过程或第三随机接入过程中的MAC PDU。可选地,本申请实施例还可以提供停止随机接入、停止执行随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败的方式。It can be seen that the above describes from different perspectives how the terminal device obtains MAC PDU in the second random access procedure or the third random access procedure. Optionally, this embodiment of the present application may further provide a manner of stopping random access, stopping performing rollback of a random access procedure, or determining random access failure.
示例性地,上述方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above method further includes:
在满足第四条件的情况下,终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。When the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that the random access fails.
示例性地,方法还包括:Exemplarily, the method also includes:
在满足第四条件的情况下,终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。When the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that the random access fails.
可选地,第四条件包括:Optionally, the fourth condition includes:
条件L:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;Condition L: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
条件M:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;Condition M: the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
条件N:所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Condition N: So the grant size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
条件O:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;Condition 0: the preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
条件P:第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;Condition P: the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
条件Q:所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Condition Q: So the grant size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
上述条件可以单独使用,也可以同时使用。The above conditions can be used alone or in combination.
例如,若在满足第四条件的情况下终端设备停止执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,则第四条件可以同时包括上述条件L-M。又例如,若在满足第四条件的情况下终端设备停止执行从第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退,则第四条件可以同时包括上述条件O-Q。又例如,若在满足第四条件的情况下终端设备停止随机接入或确定随机接入失败,则第四条件可以同时包括上述条件L-Q。For example, if the terminal device stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure when the fourth condition is satisfied, the fourth condition may include the above-mentioned conditions L-M at the same time. For another example, if the terminal device stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when the fourth condition is met, the fourth condition may include the above conditions O-Q at the same time. For another example, if the terminal device stops random access or determines that the random access fails when the fourth condition is met, the fourth condition may include the above-mentioned conditions L-Q at the same time.
可以看到,以上从不同角度描述了本申请实施例中,如何停止随机接入、停止执行随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。可选地,本申请实施例中还提供随机接入资源的配置方式,示例性地,该随机接入资源的配置方式可以与前述随机接入方法结合,也可以独立实施。It can be seen that the foregoing describes how to stop random access, stop performing rollback of the random access process, or determine random access failure in the embodiments of the present application from different perspectives. Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further provides a configuration manner of random access resources. Exemplarily, the configuration manner of random access resources may be combined with the aforementioned random access method, or may be implemented independently.
示例性地,上述方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above method further includes:
终端设备基于网络设备发送的资源配置信息,获取随机接入资源;其中,随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。The terminal device acquires random access resources based on the resource configuration information sent by the network device; wherein the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
相应地,对于网络设备而言,方法还包括:Correspondingly, for the network device, the method further includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送资源配置信息,其中,资源配置信息用于指示随机接入资源,随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。The network device sends resource configuration information to the terminal device, where the resource configuration information is used to indicate random access resources, and the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
可选地,在随机接入资源不包括针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,终端设备使用通用随机接入资源执行随机接入过程。Optionally, in the case that the random access resources do not include random access resources for slices, the terminal device uses general random access resources to perform a random access process.
例如,在只配置了通用随机接入资源,未配置针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,终端设备可以从针对切片的两步随机接入资源回退到四步通用随机接入过程,并采用通用随机接入资源执行四步通用随机接入过程。For example, in the case where only universal random access resources are configured and no random access resources for slices are configured, the terminal device can fall back from the two-step random access resources for slices to the four-step universal random access process, and A four-step universal random access procedure is performed using universal random access resources.
又例如,在只配置了通用随机接入资源,未配置针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,终端设备可以采用通用随机接入资源执行通用随机接入过程或针对切片的随机接入过程。For another example, when only general random access resources are configured and slice-specific random access resources are not configured, the terminal device may use general random access resources to perform a general random access procedure or a slice-specific random access procedure.
可选地,针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。Optionally, the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
例如,网络针对每个切片均配置对应的随机接入资源,则配置的每个随机接入资源仅适用于其对应的切片,不同的切片使用的随机接入资源可以不同。For example, the network configures corresponding random access resources for each slice, and each configured random access resource is only applicable to its corresponding slice, and random access resources used by different slices may be different.
又例如,网络针对每个切片组均配置对应的随机接入资源,则配置的每个随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组中的多个切片,不同的切片组使用的随机接入资源可以不同。For another example, the network configures corresponding random access resources for each slice group, and each configured random access resource is applicable to multiple slices in its corresponding slice group, and the random access resources used by different slice groups Can be different.
可选地,所述针对切片的随机接入资源对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the random access resource for a slice corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
也就是说,网络可以配置一个或多个针对切片的随机接入资源(slice-specific RA资源),其中,一个slice-specific RA资源可以关联一个或多个切片/切片组。That is to say, the network can configure one or more slice-specific random access resources (slice-specific RA resources), wherein one slice-specific RA resource can be associated with one or more slices/slice groups.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的随机接入资源。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific random access resource.
也就是说,一个切片或切片组,仅能关联一个slice-specific RA资源。基于此,终端设备可以根据当前触发随机接入的切片信息,唯一确定对应的随机接入资源。That is to say, a slice or slice group can only be associated with one slice-specific RA resource. Based on this, the terminal device can uniquely determine the corresponding random access resource according to the slice information currently triggering the random access.
示例性地,上述随机接入方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above random access method further includes:
若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。If the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the random access corresponding to the slice group, Incoming resources for random access.
其中,切片与切片组的映射关系用于表征一个切片组中包括哪些切片,或者说一个切片属于哪个切片组。具体而言,若一个切片组(slice组)包括多个切片(slice),那么,若UE的非接入层(Non-Access Stratum,NAS)给接入层(Access Stratum,AS)的、触发RA的切片信息为slice,则UE需要根据slice和slice group的映射关系,确定归属的slice group,并用slice group对应的RA资源,进行随机接入。其中,进一步地,slice group中的每个slice使用的RA资源和RA资源参数相同。可选的,slice和slice group的映射关系可以为UE AS保存的,也可以是UE NAS给的。Wherein, the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups is used to represent which slices are included in a slice group, or which slice group a slice belongs to. Specifically, if a slice group (slice group) includes multiple slices (slices), then if the UE's Non-Access Stratum (Non-Access Stratum, NAS) triggers The slice information of the RA is a slice, and the UE needs to determine the slice group to which it belongs according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and use the RA resources corresponding to the slice group to perform random access. Wherein, further, the RA resources used by each slice in the slice group are the same as the RA resource parameters. Optionally, the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
示例性地,上述随机接入方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above random access method further includes:
在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, the terminal device, based on the slice and The mapping relationship of the slice group determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs, and performs random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,并且网络指示的slice-specific RA资源是针对slice group的,那么,若UE NAS给AS的、触发RA的切片信息为slice,则UE需要根据slice和slice group的映射关系,确定归属的slice group,并用slice group对应的RA资源,进行随机接入。其中,进一步地,slice group中的每个slice使用的RA资源和RA资源参数相同。Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific RA resource indicated by the network is for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers RA to the AS from the UE NAS is slice, the UE needs to The mapping relationship with the slice group determines the slice group to which it belongs, and uses the RA resources corresponding to the slice group to perform random access. Wherein, further, the RA resources used by each slice in the slice group are the same as the RA resource parameters.
示例性地,上述随机接入方法还包括:Exemplarily, the above random access method further includes:
在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第一切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice group, the terminal device, based on the performing random access on the random access resource corresponding to the first slice group.
具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,并且网络指示的slice-specific RA资源是针对slice group的,那么,若UE NAS给的AS的、触发RA的切片信息为slice group,则UE使用slice group对应的RA资源,进行随机接入。Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific RA resource indicated by the network is for the slice group, then if the slice information of the AS that triggers the RA given by the UE NAS is the slice group, the UE uses The RA resources corresponding to the slice group are randomly accessed.
可选地,资源配置信息包括在系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)和/或RRC信令中。即资源配置信息可以由SIB或RRC信令承载。Optionally, the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (System Information Block, SIB) and/or RRC signaling. That is, resource configuration information can be carried by SIB or RRC signaling.
可选地,在第一随机接入过程为针对切片的随机接入过程的情况下,上述方法还包括:Optionally, in the case where the first random access procedure is a random access procedure for a slice, the above method further includes:
终端设备基于针对切片的随机接入资源,执行第一随机接入过程。The terminal device executes a first random access process based on the random access resource for the slice.
可选地,在所述随机接入资源中,若针对切片的两步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括第一前导码组,则四步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组。Optionally, in the random access resources, if the preamble group configured for the two-step random access procedure of the slice includes the first preamble group, then the preamble group configured for the four-step random access procedure includes the The first preamble group.
举例而言,如果2step slice-specific RA配置有preamble group B,则4step RA也要配置有preamble group B。这里,4step RA包括但不限于4step slice-specific RA,和/或,4step common RA。For example, if 2step slice-specific RA is configured with preamble group B, then 4step RA should also be configured with preamble group B. Here, 4step RA includes but not limited to 4step slice-specific RA, and/or, 4step common RA.
可选地,在支持两步随机接入过程的回退或支持针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退的情况下,若针对切片的两步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组,则所述四步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组。Optionally, in the case of supporting the fallback of the two-step random access procedure or supporting the fallback of the two-step random access procedure for the slice, if the preamble group configured for the two-step random access procedure for the slice includes the The first preamble group, the preamble group configured in the four-step random access procedure includes the first preamble group.
举例而言,在支持2step RA或2step slice-specific RA回退的时候,如果2step slice-specific RA配置有preamble group B,则4step RA也要配置有preamble group BFor example, when supporting 2step RA or 2step slice-specific RA fallback, if 2step slice-specific RA is configured with preamble group B, then 4step RA should also be configured with preamble group B
可选地,所述四步随机接入过程包括以下至少之一:针对切片的四步随机接入过程、针对非切片的四步随机接入过程、针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程、四步通用随机接入过程。Optionally, the four-step random access process includes at least one of the following: a four-step random access process for slices, a four-step random access process for non-slices, a four-step random access process for general resources, Four-step universal random access procedure.
可选地,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程的资源且包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程的资源,则所述四步随机接入过程为针对切片的四步随机接入过程。Optionally, if the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice and resources for a four-step random access process for a slice, then the four-step random access process is for a slice Four-step random access process.
也就是说,若在配置2step slice-specific RA资源时,也配置有4step slice-specific RA资源,则4step RA可以为4step slice-specific RA。That is to say, if 4step slice-specific RA resources are also configured when 2step slice-specific RA resources are configured, the 4step RA can be 4step slice-specific RA.
可选地,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程的资源但不包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程的资源,或者,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程的资源但所述随机接入资源中四步随机接入过程的资源中仅配置有通用随机接入资源,则所述四步随机接入过程为针对非切片的四步随机接入过程或针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程或四步通用随机接入过程。Optionally, if the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice but do not include resources for a four-step random access process for a slice, or if the random access resources include resources for a slice The resources of the two-step random access process but the resources of the four-step random access process in the random access resources are only configured with general random access resources, then the four-step random access process is a four-step random access process for non-slicing One-step random access procedure or four-step random access procedure for common resources or four-step universal random access procedure.
也就是说,若在配置2step slice-specific RA资源时没有配置4step slice-specific RA资源,或者,在配置2step slice-specific RA资源时对4step RA仅配置common RA资源,则4step RA可以为4step common RA。That is to say, if no 4step slice-specific RA resources are configured when configuring 2step slice-specific RA resources, or only common RA resources are configured for 4step RA resources when configuring 2step slice-specific RA resources, the 4step RA can be 4step common RA.
可选地,上述随机接入方法还包括:Optionally, the above random access method also includes:
在确定未配置有针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,终端设备的接入层(AS)向终端设备的非接入层(NAS)发送第二信息,第二信息用于指示非接入层不向接入层发送切片信息。When it is determined that no random access resource for the slice is configured, the access stratum (AS) of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access stratum (NAS) of the terminal device, and the second information is used to indicate the non-access The layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
可选地,本申请实施例还提供一种小区重选方法,该方法可以与上述随机接入方法结合,也可以独立实施。该方法包括:Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further provides a cell reselection method, which may be combined with the above random access method, or may be implemented independently. The method includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送针对切片的小区重选信息,和/或,所述终端设备获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区重选信息(slice-specific cell reselection);其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The network device sends slice-specific cell reselection information to the terminal device, and/or, the terminal device obtains slice-specific cell reselection information (slice-specific cell reselection) configured by the network device; The cell reselection information of is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
也就是说,网络可配置针对切片的小区重选信息。这里,针对切片的小区重选信息可以是特定切片使用的小区重选信息,也可以是特定切片组使用的小区重选信息。小区重选信息也包括小区重选参数。示例性地,网络可配置一个或多个针对切片的小区重选信息。That is, the network can configure cell reselection information for slices. Here, the cell reselection information for a slice may be the cell reselection information used by a specific slice, or the cell reselection information used by a specific slice group. The cell reselection information also includes cell reselection parameters. Exemplarily, the network may configure one or more pieces of cell reselection information for slices.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
也就是说,一个slice-specific cell reselection的参数或信息,可以关联一个或多个切片/切片组。That is to say, a slice-specific cell reselection parameter or information can be associated with one or more slices/slice groups.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区重选信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
也就是说,一个切片或切片组,仅能关联一个slice-specific cell reselection的参数或信息。基于此,终端设备可以基于触发重选的切片信息,唯一确定对应的slice-specific cell reselection的参数或信息。That is to say, a slice or slice group can only be associated with one slice-specific cell reselection parameter or information. Based on this, the terminal device can uniquely determine the parameters or information of the corresponding slice-specific cell reselection based on the slice information that triggers the reselection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。If the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the second slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group , to perform cell reselection.
具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,那么,若UE NAS给的AS的、触发小区重选(cell reselection)的切片信息为slice,则UE需要根据slice和slice group的映射关系,确定归属的slice group,并用slice group对应的reselection(重选)的参数或信息,进行小区重选。其中,进一步地,slice group中的每个slice使用的reselection的参数或信息相同。可选的,slice和slice group的映射关系可以为UE AS保存的,也可以是UE NAS给的。Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, then if the slice information of the AS that triggers cell reselection (cell reselection) given by the UE NAS is a slice, the UE needs to determine the slice according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group The slice group it belongs to, and use the parameters or information of reselection (reselection) corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection. Wherein, further, the reselection parameters or information used by each slice in the slice group are the same. Optionally, the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, the terminal device determines the the slice group described in the second slice, and perform cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group.
具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,并且网络指示的slice-specific reselection的参数或信息是针对slice group的,那么,若UE NAS给AS的、触发cell reselection的切片信息为slice,则UE需要根据slice和slice group的映射关系,确定归属的slice group,并用slice group对应的reselection的参数或信息,进行小区重选。其中,进一步地,slice group中的每个slice使用的reselection的参数或信息相同。可选的,slice和slice group的映射关系可以为UE AS保存的,也可以是UE NAS给的。Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is slice, then The UE needs to determine the slice group it belongs to according to the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and use the reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection. Wherein, further, the reselection parameters or information used by each slice in the slice group are the same. Optionally, the mapping relationship between slice and slice group can be saved by UE AS or given by UE NAS.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第二切片组对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, the terminal device Reselection information for cell reselection.
具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,并且网络指示的slice-specific reselection的参数或信息是针对slice group的,那么,若UE NAS给AS的、触发cell reselection的切片信息为slice group,则UE使用slice group对应的reselection的参数或信息,进行小区重选。Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, and the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for the slice group, then if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is slice group, Then the UE uses the reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice group to perform cell reselection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。In the case where the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is a second slice, the terminal device is based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice Perform cell reselection.
具体而言,若网络指示的slice-specific reselection的参数或信息是针对slice的,那么,若UE NAS给AS的、触发cell reselection的切片信息为slice,则UE使用slice对应的reselection的参数或信息,进行小区重选。Specifically, if the slice-specific reselection parameters or information indicated by the network are for slices, then if the slice information that triggers cell reselection sent by the UE NAS to the AS is a slice, then the UE uses the slice-specific reselection parameters or information corresponding to the slice , to perform cell reselection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:Optionally, the above method also includes:
在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第二切片组中确定第二切片,并基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, then the terminal device, based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, in the Determine a second slice from the second slice group, and perform cell reselection based on cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice.
示例性地,终端设备可以在第二切片组中例如随机选择一个切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内第一个位置的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内优先级最高的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最后一个位置的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内优先级最低的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最切片标识最小的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最切片标识最大的切片作为第二切片。具体而言,若一个slice组包括多个slice,且网络指示的slice-specific reselection的参数或信息是针对slice group的,那么,若UE NAS给AS的、触发cell reselection的切片信息为slice group,则所述终端设备在slice group中选择一个slice,使用选择的slice对应的reselection的参数或信息,进行小区重选。Exemplarily, the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the second slice group as the second slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the second slice. The second slice, or select the slice at the last position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the second slice, Or select the slice with the largest slice ID in the group as the second slice. Specifically, if a slice group includes multiple slices, and the parameters or information of the slice-specific reselection indicated by the network are for the slice group, then, if the slice information that triggers the cell reselection from the UE NAS to the AS is the slice group, Then the terminal device selects a slice in the slice group, and uses the parameters or information of reselection corresponding to the selected slice to perform cell reselection.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或物理小区标识(Physical Cell Identifier,PCI)。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency point corresponding to the cell can be indicated without indicating the identity of the cell or the physical cell identifier (Physical Cell Identifier, PCI).
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识(Cell Identifier,CI)或PCI。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI和所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI和所述小区支持的切片信息。其中,切片信息包括切片标识、切片组标识、切片对应的频点优先级中的至少之一。也就是说,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,针对切片的小区重选信息是指示到小区粒度的,包括用于标识小区的信息以及用于标识小区支持的切片的信息。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identifier (Cell Identifier, CI) corresponding to the slice ) or PCI. Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell. Alternatively, the slice-specific cell reselection information includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell. Wherein, the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice indicates the granularity of the cell, including the information used to identify the cell and the information used to identify the cell supported. slice information.
可选地,服务小区支持的切片信息与服务频点支持的切片相同。Optionally, the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Correspondingly, in the case that the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识或PCI。Correspondingly, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity or PCI corresponding to the slice.
可选地,上述应用于小区重选的方法,也适用于小区选择(cell selection)过程,即本申请实施例还提供一种小区选择方法,该方法可以与上述随机接入方法、小区重选方法结合,也可以独立实施。该方法具体参考以下可选方式。Optionally, the above method applied to cell reselection is also applicable to the cell selection (cell selection) process, that is, the embodiment of the present application also provides a cell selection method, which can be combined with the above random access method, cell reselection Methods can be combined or implemented independently. For this method, refer to the following optional methods for details.
可选地,该方法包括:Optionally, the method includes:
网络设备向终端设备发送针对切片的小区选择信息,和/或,所述终端设备获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区选择信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The network device sends cell selection information for the slice to the terminal device, and/or the terminal device acquires the cell selection information for the slice configured by the network device; wherein the cell selection information for the slice is applicable to its corresponding A slice or corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区选择信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
可选地,上述方法还包括:若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。Optionally, the above method further includes: if the slice information triggering cell selection is a third slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the third slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the slice group is used for cell selection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。Optionally, the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice, the terminal device determine the slice group described in the third slice, and perform cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group.
可选地,上述方法还包括:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第三切片组对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。Optionally, the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, then the terminal device based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice group performs cell selection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。Optionally, the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is a third slice, the terminal device, based on the third slice, The cell selection information corresponding to the slice is used for cell selection.
可选地,上述方法还包括:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若 触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第三切片组中确定第三切片,并基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。Optionally, the above method further includes: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, the terminal device The third slice is determined in the third slice group, and the cell selection is performed based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice.
示例性地,终端设备可以在第三切片组中例如随机选择一个切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内第一个位置的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内优先级最高的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内最后一个位置的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内优先级最低的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内切片标识最小的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内切片标识最大的切片作为第三切片。Exemplarily, the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the third slice group as the third slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the third slice. The third slice, or select the slice at the last position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the third slice, or The slice with the largest slice identity within the group is selected as the third slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区支持的切片信息。其中,切片信息包括切片标识、切片组标识、切片对应的频点优先级中的至少之一。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice . Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell. Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell. Wherein, the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Correspondingly, in the case that the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。Correspondingly, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice.
下面提供本申请实施例的多个应用示例。Several application examples of the embodiments of the present application are provided below.
应用示例一Application example one
本应用示例中,在满足第一条件的情况下,UE执行第一随机接入过程(针对切片的两步随机接入过程,2-step slice-specific RACH)到第二随机接入过程(四步通用随机接入过程、针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,4-step common RACH)的回退或切换。In this application example, when the first condition is satisfied, the UE performs the first random access process (two-step random access process for slices, 2-step slice-specific RACH) to the second random access process (four Step common random access process, four-step random access process for common resources, 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
参考图6,本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:Referring to Figure 6, the specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resources
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
d、网络指示第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH到4-step common RACH的回退或切换:d. The network indicates the first information, and the first information is used to indicate whether the UE is supported to perform fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step common RACH:
可选的,所述第一信息,是针对每个切片(per slice)或针对每个切片组(per slice group)的。或者,所述第一信息是各切片/各切片组通用(slice/slice group common)的。Optionally, the first information is for each slice (per slice) or for each slice group (per slice group). Alternatively, the first information is common to each slice/slice group (slice/slice group common).
可选的,所述第一信息为针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数,该参数与前述相关技术中的msgA-TransMax参数不同。可选的,所述针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数为大于或等于1的正整数之一。可选的,所述针对切片的MsgA的最大传输次数,可以是切片通用的,或针对不同切片而不同的。Optionally, the first information is the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for the slice, and this parameter is different from the msgA-TransMax parameter in the aforementioned related art. Optionally, the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice may be common to the slice, or different for different slices.
可选的,所述第一信息,在2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码(preamble)组不同时使用。或者,所述第一信息,在2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组不同时使用。或者,反之(在2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组相同时使用。或者,所述第一信息,在2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组相同时使用)。Optionally, the first information is used when the preamble (preamble) groups configured by the 2-step slice-specific RACH and the 4-step common RACH are different. Or, the first information is used when the preamble groups configured by the 2-step slice-specific RACH and the 4-step slice-specific RACH are different. Or, vice versa (used when the preamble groups configured by 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH are the same. Or, the first information, in 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configured preamble groups are the same).
例如,2-step slice-specific RACH配置了preamble group A和preamble group B,但是,4-step  common RACH仅配置了preamble group A或preamble group B,即2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组不同。For example, 2-step slice-specific RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B, however, 4-step common RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, that is, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice -specific The preamble group configured by RACH is different.
例如,2-step slice-specific RACH仅配置了preamble group A或preamble group B,但是,4-step common RACH配置了preamble group A和preamble group B,即2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组不同。For example, 2-step slice-specific RACH is only configured with preamble group A or preamble group B, however, 4-step common RACH is configured with preamble group A and preamble group B, that is, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice -specific The preamble group configured by RACH is different.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在满足第一条件的情况下,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH到4-step common RACH的回退或切换。3. When the first condition is met, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step common RACH.
a、所述第一条件包括以下至少之一:接收到第一信息,所述第一信息出现,所述第一信息设置为true,所述第一信息取值大于或等于1,满足第一信息的使用条件。a. The first condition includes at least one of the following: the first information is received, the first information appears, the first information is set to true, the value of the first information is greater than or equal to 1, and the first Conditions of Use of Information.
b、第一信息的使用条件可以包括以下至少之一:b. The usage conditions of the first information may include at least one of the following:
前导码传输次数(PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER)=针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数+1;Preamble transmission times (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) = MsgA maximum transmission times + 1 for the slice;
未配置针对切片的4-step slice-specific RACH资源;4-step slice-specific RACH resources for slices are not configured;
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组相同(例如均配置preamble group A和preamble group B,和/或,preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, and/or, preamble group A and preamble group B have the same selection threshold);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组不同(例如不是均配置preamble group A和preamble group B,和/或,preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限不相同)。The preamble groups configured for 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH are different (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured, and/or, the selection thresholds of preamble group A and preamble group B are different ).
例如,当配置针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数,且未配置4-step slice-specific RACH资源,当UE的2-step slice-specific RACH达到最大传输次数时,UE回退到4-step common RACH。For example, when the maximum number of transmissions of MsgA for a slice is configured, and 4-step slice-specific RACH resources are not configured, when the UE's 2-step slice-specific RACH reaches the maximum number of transmissions, the UE falls back to 4-step common RACH.
4、UE执行后续RACH过程。4. The UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
可见,本应用示例提供了如何回退到4-step common RACH的细节。It can be seen that this application example provides details on how to fall back to 4-step common RACH.
应用示例二Application example two
本应用示例中,在从第一随机接入过程(针对切片的两步随机接入过程,2-step slice-specific RACH)回退到第二随机接入过程(四步通用随机接入过程、针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程或针对切片的四步随机接入过程,4-step common RACH或4-step slice-specific RACH)的情况下,获取第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU(Msg 3MAC PDU)。In this application example, after falling back from the first random access process (two-step random access process for slices, 2-step slice-specific RACH) to the second random access process (four-step general random access process, In the case of a four-step random access process for general resources or a four-step random access process for slices, 4-step common RACH or 4-step slice-specific RACH), the third random access process in the second random access process is obtained MAC PDU of step message (Msg 3MAC PDU).
参考图7,本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:Referring to Figure 7, the specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在执行RACH回退或切换的时候,UE获取Msg3MAC PDU。具体的,参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:3. When performing RACH fallback or handover, the UE obtains the Msg3MAC PDU. Specifically, refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、从消息A缓冲区(MsgA buffer)中获取消息A的MAC PDU(MsgA MAC PDU)。a. Obtain the MAC PDU (MsgA MAC PDU) of message A from the message A buffer (MsgA buffer).
b、可选地,针对4step RACH选择前导码组时,选择与2-step RACH相同的前导码组。b. Optionally, when selecting the preamble group for the 4step RACH, select the same preamble group as the 2-step RACH.
例如,2-step slice-specific RACH选的group A,则4-step common RACH也选group A。For example, group A is selected for 2-step slice-specific RACH, and group A is also selected for 4-step common RACH.
c、可选的,在第二条件下,将MsgA MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区(Msg3buffer),也就是说,Msg3MAC PDU即MsgA MAC PDU。c. Optionally, under the second condition, save the MsgA MAC PDU in the third step message buffer (Msg3buffer), that is to say, Msg3MAC PDU is MsgA MAC PDU.
其中,第二条件包括以下至少之一:Wherein, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组相同(例如均配置preamble group A和preamble group B,例如,均仅配置preamble group A或preamble group B);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, for example, both configure only preamble group A or preamble group B);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组选择门限相同(例如2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH对preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure the same preamble group selection threshold (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have the same selection threshold for preamble group A and preamble group B);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组相同(例如均配置preamble group A和preamble group B,例如,均仅配置preamble group A或preamble group B;2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure the same preamble group (for example, both configure preamble group A and preamble group B, for example, both configure only preamble group A or preamble group B;
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组选择门限相同(例如2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH对preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure the same preamble group selection threshold (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH select preamble group A and preamble group B same threshold);
Msg3的授权(grant)大小与MsgA MAC PDU大小相同。The grant size of Msg3 is the same as the MsgA MAC PDU size.
d、可选的,在第三条件下,将MsgA MAC PDU重组包,将重组包后的MAC PDU保存在Msg3buffer,也就是说,Msg3MAC PDU即MsgA MAC PDU重组包的MAC PDU。d. Optionally, under the third condition, the MsgA MAC PDU is reassembled, and the reassembled MAC PDU is stored in the Msg3buffer, that is to say, the Msg3MAC PDU is the MAC PDU of the MsgA MAC PDU reassembled packet.
其中,第三条件包括以下至少之一:Among them, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组不同(例如不是均配置preamble group A和preamble group B);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure different preamble groups (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码选择门限不同(例如2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH对preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限不相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different preamble selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different selection thresholds for preamble group A and preamble group B);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组不同(例如不是均配置preamble group A和preamble group B);The preamble groups configured by 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH are different (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH配置的前导码组选择门限不同(例如2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step slice-specific RACH对preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限不相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH configure different preamble group selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step slice-specific RACH select preamble group A and preamble group B different thresholds);
Msg3grant大小与MsgA MAC PDU大小不同。Msg3grant size is different from MsgA MAC PDU size.
其中,关于重组包,可选的:Among them, regarding the reorganization package, optional:
如何重组包,可以取决于UE实现;How to reassemble the packet may depend on UE implementation;
重组包时,优先复用(multiplex)高优先的数据和/或高优先的MAC CE(按照LCP优先级);When reassembling packets, prioritize (multiplex) high-priority data and/or high-priority MAC CE (according to LCP priority);
重组包时,优先multiplex数据When reorganizing packages, multiplex data is prioritized
重组包时,若资源大小大于MsgA grant大小,则剩余空间填0,或,multiplex新数据。When repackaging, if the resource size is larger than the MsgA grant size, fill the remaining space with 0, or multiplex new data.
4、UE执行后续RACH过程。4. The UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
可见,本应用示例提供了如何获取Msg3MAC PDU的方式。It can be seen that this application example provides how to obtain the Msg3MAC PDU.
应用示例三Application example three
本应用示例中,在RACH回退的情况下,若满足第四条件,则UE停止本次RACH传输,或,UE停止RACH回退/切换,或,UE认为RACH过程失败。In this application example, in the case of RACH fallback, if the fourth condition is satisfied, the UE stops the current RACH transmission, or the UE stops the RACH fallback/handover, or the UE considers that the RACH process fails.
参考图7,本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:Referring to Figure 7, the specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在基于切片的RACH回退的情况下,若满足第四条件,UE停止本次RACH传输,或,UE停止RACH回退/切换,或,UE认为RACH过程失败。具体的:3. In the case of slice-based RACH fallback, if the fourth condition is satisfied, the UE stops the current RACH transmission, or the UE stops the RACH fallback/handover, or the UE considers that the RACH process fails. specific:
a、从消息A缓冲区(MsgA buffer)中获取消息A的MAC PDU(MsgA MAC PDU);a. Obtain the MAC PDU (MsgA MAC PDU) of message A from the message A buffer (MsgA buffer);
b、在满足第四条件的情况下,UE停止本次RACH传输,或,UE停止RACH回退/切换,或,UE认为RACH过程失败。b. When the fourth condition is satisfied, the UE stops the current RACH transmission, or the UE stops the RACH fallback/handover, or the UE considers that the RACH procedure fails.
第四条件为以下至少之一:The fourth condition is at least one of the following:
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码组不同(例如不是均配置preamble group A和preamble group B);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH configure different preamble groups (for example, preamble group A and preamble group B are not both configured);
2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH配置的前导码选择门限不同(例如2-step slice-specific RACH和4-step common RACH对preamble group A和preamble group B的选择门限不相同);2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different preamble selection thresholds (for example, 2-step slice-specific RACH and 4-step common RACH have different selection thresholds for preamble group A and preamble group B);
Msg3grant大小与MsgA MAC PDU大小不同。Msg3grant size is different from MsgA MAC PDU size.
可见,本应用示例提供了停止RACH或停止RACH回退的方式。It can be seen that this application example provides a way to stop RACH or stop RACH fallback.
应用示例四Application example four
本应用示例中,在配置针对切片的随机接入过程的最大传输次数的情况下,UE基于该次数执行从针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH)到针对切片的四步随机接入过程(4-step slice-specific RACH)的回退或切换。In this application example, when the maximum number of transmissions for the slice-specific random access procedure is configured, the UE performs the transition from the 2-step slice-specific RACH to the slice-specific RACH based on the number of transmissions. The fallback or switching of the four-step random access process (4-step slice-specific RACH).
本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:The specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
d、网络指示第一信息。第一信息为针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数(MsgA最大传输次数),该参数与前述相关技术中的msgA-TransMax参数不同。可选的,所述针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数为大于或等于1的正整数之一。可选的,所述针对切片的MsgA的最大传输次数,可以是切片通用的,或针对不同切片而不同的。d. The network indicates the first information. The first information is the maximum random access transmission times (MsgA maximum transmission times) for the slice, and this parameter is different from the msgA-TransMax parameter in the aforementioned related art. Optionally, the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice is one of positive integers greater than or equal to 1. Optionally, the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for a slice may be common to the slice, or different for different slices.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在前导码传输次数(PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER)达到针对切片的MsgA最大传输次数的情况下,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH到4-step slice-specific RACH的回退或切换。3. When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches the maximum number of MsgA transmissions for the slice, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH.
4、UE执行后续RACH过程。4. The UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
应用示例五Application example five
本应用示例中,在未配置针对切片的随机接入过程的最大传输次数的情况下,UE基于相关技术中的msgA-TransMax执行从针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH)到四步随机接入过程(4-step slice-specific RACH或4-step common RACH)的回退或切换。In this application example, in the case where the maximum number of transmissions for the slice-specific random access procedure is not configured, the UE performs a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH) to a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:The specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
d、网络仅配置了msgA-TransMax,未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数(MsgA最大传输次数)。d. The network is only configured with msgA-TransMax, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices (the maximum number of transmissions of MsgA) is not configured.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在前导码传输次数(PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER)达到msgA-TransMax的情况下,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH到4-step slice-specific RACH或4-step common RACH的 回退或切换。3. When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches msgA-TransMax, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH.
4、UE执行后续RACH过程。4. The UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
应用示例六Application example six
本应用示例中,在未配置针对切片的随机接入过程的最大传输次数的情况下,UE基于相关技术中的msgA-TransMax执行从针对切片的两步随机接入过程(2-step slice-specific RACH)到四步随机接入过程(4-step slice-specific RACH或4-step common RACH)的回退或切换。In this application example, in the case where the maximum number of transmissions for the slice-specific random access procedure is not configured, the UE performs a 2-step slice-specific random access procedure (2-step slice-specific RACH) to a four-step random access procedure (4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH) fallback or handover.
本应用示例的具体实施过程如下:The specific implementation process of this application example is as follows:
1、网络配置RACH资源。参考以下实现细节中的一个或多个:1. The network configures RACH resources. Refer to one or more of the following implementation details:
a、所述RACH资源,包括通用随机接入资源(common RACH资源)和/或针对切片的RACH资源。a. The RACH resources include common random access resources (common RACH resources) and/or slice-specific RACH resources.
其中,可选地,如切片没有配置对应的切片的RACH资源,则代表UE使用common RACH资源。Wherein, optionally, if the slice is not configured with the RACH resource of the corresponding slice, it means that the UE uses the common RACH resource.
b、所述针对切片的RACH资源,可以为针对切片组的RACH资源。b. The RACH resources for slices may be RACH resources for slice groups.
其中,可选地,所有属于同一个切片组的slice使用的RACH资源相同Among them, optionally, all slices belonging to the same slice group use the same RACH resource
c、通过SIB和/或专用RRC信令(dedicated RRC),例如RRC release消息,配置针对切片的RACH资源。c. Configure RACH resources for slices through SIB and/or dedicated RRC signaling (dedicated RRC), such as RRC release messages.
d、网络仅配置了msgA-TransMax,未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数(MsgA最大传输次数)。d. The network is only configured with msgA-TransMax, and the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices (the maximum number of transmissions of MsgA) is not configured.
f、网络指示使用或还可以使用配置的msgA-TransMax进行针对切片的随机接入回退。f. The network indicates that the configured msgA-TransMax is used or can also be used to perform random access fallback for slices.
2、UE获取RACH配置,根据slice对应的RACH资源,执行slice-specific的RACH传输。例如,在满足2-step slice-specific RACH传输时,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH。2. The UE obtains the RACH configuration, and performs slice-specific RACH transmission according to the RACH resource corresponding to the slice. For example, when 2-step slice-specific RACH transmission is satisfied, the UE performs 2-step slice-specific RACH.
3、在前导码传输次数(PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER)达到msgA-TransMax的情况下,UE执行2-step slice-specific RACH到4-step slice-specific RACH或4-step common RACH的回退或切换。3. When the number of preamble transmissions (PREAMBLE_TRANSMISSION_COUNTER) reaches msgA-TransMax, the UE performs fallback or switching from 2-step slice-specific RACH to 4-step slice-specific RACH or 4-step common RACH.
4、UE执行后续RACH过程。4. The UE performs subsequent RACH procedures.
应用实例七Application Example 7
本示例中,增加针对切片的UE能力,该能力属于在UE无线接入能力参数之外的可选特征(optional features without UE radio access capability parameters)。需要说明的是,本应用示例提供的引入该能力的方案,可以与前述各方法结合实施,也可以独立实施。可选地,针对切片的小区重选以及切片的RACH,分别引入该能力。In this example, the slice-specific UE capability is added, which belongs to optional features without UE radio access capability parameters (optional features without UE radio access capability parameters). It should be noted that the solution for introducing this capability provided in this application example can be implemented in combination with the aforementioned methods, or can be implemented independently. Optionally, this capability is introduced separately for the cell reselection of the slice and the RACH of the slice.
其中,针对切片的RACH,还可以进一步引入支持RACH分区(RACH partitioning)的能力、支持RACH回退(RACH fallback)的能力、支持RACH优先次序(RACH prioritization)的能力、支持基于切片的RACH过程的能力、支持基于切片的RACH资源选择能力中的至少之一。即其中至少一个是独立的能力或整体的能力。Among them, for sliced RACH, the ability to support RACH partitioning (RACH partitioning), the ability to support RACH fallback (RACH fallback), the ability to support RACH prioritization (RACH prioritization), and the ability to support slice-based RACH processes can be further introduced. Capability, at least one of slice-based RACH resource selection capability. That is, at least one of them is an independent capability or an overall capability.
可选地,针对切片的小区重选,引入针对slice的频点优先级和/或频点sub优先级的能力。Optionally, for slice cell reselection, a capability of slice frequency priority and/or frequency sub priority is introduced.
例如,在针对切片的特征中引入:For example, in a trait for slices introduce:
Figure PCTCN2021125411-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2021125411-appb-000001
应用示例八Application example eight
本示例中,增加对切片的UE能力,该能力属于UE无线接入能力参数(UE radio access capability parameters)。需要说明的是,本应用示例提供的引入该能力的方案,可以与前述各方法结合实施,也可以独立实施。In this example, the UE capability for the slice is added, and the capability belongs to UE radio access capability parameters (UE radio access capability parameters). It should be noted that the solution for introducing this capability provided in this application example can be implemented in combination with the aforementioned methods, or can be implemented independently.
可选地,针对切片的小区重选,和/或针对切片的RACH分别引入该能力。Optionally, the cell reselection for the slice and/or the RACH for the slice respectively introduce this capability.
其中,针对切片的小区重选,引入针对slice的频点优先级和/或频点sub优先级的能力。即其中至少一个是独立的能力,或整体的能力。Wherein, for slice cell reselection, the capability of frequency point priority and/or frequency point sub priority for slice is introduced. That is, at least one of them is an independent ability, or an overall ability.
其中,针对切片的RACH,还可以进一步引入支持RACH partitioning的能力、支持RACH fallback的能力、支持RACH prioritization的能力、支持基于切片的RACH过程的能力、支持基于切片的RACH资源选择能力中的至少之一。即其中至少一个是独立的能力或整体的能力。Among them, for sliced RACH, at least one of the ability to support RACH partitioning, the ability to support RACH fallback, the ability to support RACH prioritization, the ability to support slice-based RACH processes, and the ability to support slice-based RACH resource selection can be further introduced. one. That is, at least one of them is an independent capability or an overall capability.
可选的,该能力为UE是否支持在dedicated RRC,如RRCrelease中接收slice相关的信息。可选的,所述slice相关的信息,可以为针对切片的小区选择信息,和/或,针对切片的小区重选信息,和/或,针对切片的RACH信息,例如基于切片的RACH回退,基于切片的RACH选择,基于切片的RA优先级参数选择,基于切片的RACH过程,基于前述的最大传输次数等。Optionally, the capability is whether the UE supports receiving slice-related information in dedicated RRC, such as RRCrelease. Optionally, the slice-related information may be slice-specific cell selection information, and/or slice-specific cell reselection information, and/or slice-specific RACH information, such as slice-based RACH fallback, Slice-based RACH selection, slice-based RA priority parameter selection, slice-based RACH process, and the aforementioned maximum number of transmissions, etc.
例如,该能力为UE是否支持在dedicated RRC,如RRCrelease中接收针对切片的重选优先级和/或子优先级。For example, the capability is whether the UE supports receiving the reselection priority and/or sub-priority for the slice in dedicated RRC, such as RRCelelease.
可选的,该能力是基于UE或BC(band combination,波段组合)的。Optionally, this capability is based on UE or BC (band combination, band combination).
可选的,该能力是可选(optional)的。Optional, the capability is optional.
可选的,该能力不区分FDD(Frequency Division Duplexing,频分双工)和TDD(Time Division Duplexing,时分双工),或者,区分FDD-TDD。Optionally, this capability does not distinguish FDD (Frequency Division Duplexing, frequency division duplexing) and TDD (Time Division Duplexing, time division duplexing), or, distinguishes FDD-TDD.
可选的,该能力不区分频段或者区分频段,例如不区分FR1和FR2,或者,区分FR1和FR2。Optionally, the capability does not distinguish frequency bands or distinguishes frequency bands, for example, does not distinguish between FR1 and FR2, or distinguishes between FR1 and FR2.
例如,在UE无线接入能力参数中的物理层参数(Physical layer parameters)引入:For example, the introduction of physical layer parameters (Physical layer parameters) in UE wireless access capability parameters:
Figure PCTCN2021125411-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2021125411-appb-000002
以上通过多个实施例从不同角度描述了本申请实施例的具体设置和实现方式。利用上述至少一个实施例,终端设备是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,是基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到第二随机接入过程的回退确定的,或者基于网络设备是否支持或者指示终端设备执行到其他随机接入过程的回退执行的。如此,终端设备能够正确实现随机接入过程的回退。The above describes the specific configuration and implementation of the embodiments of the present application from different perspectives through multiple embodiments. Using at least one of the above embodiments, whether the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform a fallback to the second random access procedure Determined, or based on whether the network device supports or instructs the terminal device to perform fallback to other random access procedures. In this way, the terminal device can correctly implement the rollback of the random access procedure.
与上述至少一个实施例的处理方法相对应地,本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备100,参考图8,其包括:Corresponding to the processing method in at least one of the foregoing embodiments, this embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device 100, referring to FIG. 8 , which includes:
第一处理模块110,用于基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The first processing module 110 is configured to determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。Optionally, the first random access procedure includes a slice-specific random access procedure.
可选地,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的随机接入过程,或,通用随机接入过程。Optionally, the second random access procedure includes a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure.
可选地,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。Optionally, the third random access procedure includes a random access procedure for slices.
可选地,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程。Optionally, the first random access procedure includes a two-step random access procedure for slices, and the third random access procedure includes a four-step random access procedure for slices.
可选地,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的四步随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,或,四步通用随机接入过程。Optionally, the second random access procedure includes a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for common resources, or a four-step universal random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数和/或资源。Optionally, the first information includes maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for a random access procedure.
可选地,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。Optionally, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, And/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to execute A fallback from a random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
可选地,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。Optionally, when the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, And/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform The rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
可选地,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息不包括针 对所述第三随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。Optionally, the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than In the case of being equal to 1, if the first information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform the resource from the first random access procedure A fallback to the second random access procedure.
可选地,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。Optionally, the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than When it is equal to 1, if the first information includes resources for the second random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform the process from the first random access procedure to Rollback of the second random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一信息与多个切片中的一个切片对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片。Optionally, the first information corresponds to one of the multiple slices, and the first information is applicable to the corresponding slice.
可选地,所述第一信息与多个切片组中的一个切片组对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片组中的多个切片。Optionally, the first information corresponds to one slice group in the multiple slice groups, and the first information is applicable to multiple slices in the corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述第一信息适用于多个切片或多个切片组。Optionally, the first information is applicable to multiple slices or multiple slice groups.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is configured to:
在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。In a case where it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied, performing a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is configured to:
在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。If it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied, no rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure is performed.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is configured to:
在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。If it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not satisfied, no rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is performed.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is configured to:
在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。In a case where it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not met, performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第三随机接入过程。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the first condition includes at least one of the following:
接收到所述第一信息;receiving the first message;
在所述网络设备发送的第一消息中出现所述第一信息;The first information appears in a first message sent by the network device;
所述第一信息指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退;The first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure;
所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
所述第一信息不包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
所述第一信息包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
所述针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数小于1;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is less than 1;
配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
满足所述第一信息的使用条件。The use condition of the first information is satisfied.
可选地,所述第一信息的使用条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the usage conditions of the first information include at least one of the following:
所述第一随机接入过程的前导码传输次数大于针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The number of preamble transmissions of the first random access procedure is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice;
未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;configuring a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured;
未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured;
配置针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Configuring the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Configure the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices;
针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数或针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于或等于1。The maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is configured to:
若满足第二条件,则将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
和/或,and / or,
若满足第三条件,则基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第二随机接入过程的第三步消息中的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process to obtain the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
可选地,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the resource size of the third step message in the second random access process is larger than the first A grant size of message A in the random access process, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。Obtain the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU is to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110具体用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is specifically configured to:
若满足第二条件,则将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process;
和/或,and / or,
若满足第三条件,则基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
可选地,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the resource size of the third step message in the third random access process is larger than the first A grant size of message A in the random access process, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。Obtain the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
可选地,所述第二条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the second condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of the message A in the first random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同。Therefore, the grant size of the third-step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,所述第三条件包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the third condition includes at least one of the following:
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备根据数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用所述数据和/或所述MAC CE。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE.
可选地,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备优先复用数据。Optionally, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the terminal device preferentially multiplexes data.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。If the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。When the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
可选地,所述第四条件包括:Optionally, the fourth condition includes:
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
基于网络设备发送的资源配置信息,获取随机接入资源;其中,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。Acquire random access resources based on resource configuration information sent by the network device; where the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在所述随机接入资源不包括针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,使用通用随机接入资源执行随机接入过程。In case the random access resources do not include random access resources for slices, a random access procedure is performed using general random access resources.
可选地,所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。Optionally, the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, determine the slice group to which the first slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups , and perform random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice that triggers random access If the information is the first slice, the slice group to which the first slice belongs is determined based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and random access is performed based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第一切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice that triggers random access If the information is the first slice group, the terminal device performs random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the first slice group.
可选地,所述资源配置信息包括在系统信息块SIB和/或无线资源控制RRC信令中。Optionally, the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (SIB) and/or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
基于所述针对切片的随机接入资源,执行所述第一随机接入过程。The first random access procedure is performed based on the slice-specific random access resources.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区重选信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: obtain slice-specific cell reselection information configured by the network device; wherein, the slice-specific cell reselection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区重选信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。If the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the second slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group , to perform cell reselection.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, then Determining the slice group described in the second slice based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and performing cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则基于所述第二切片组对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, Then perform cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, then based on The cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice performs cell reselection.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第二切片组中确定第二切片,并基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, then Based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, determine a second slice in the second slice group, and perform cell reselection based on cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice.
示例性地,终端设备可以在第二切片组中例如随机选择一个切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内第一个位置的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内优先级最高的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最后一个位置的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内优先级最低的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最切片标识最小的切片作为第二切片,或选择在组内最切片标识最大的切片作为第二切片。Exemplarily, the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the second slice group as the second slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the second slice. The second slice, or select the slice at the last position in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the second slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the second slice, Or select the slice with the largest slice ID in the group as the second slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI和所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI和所述小区支持的切片信息。其中,切片信息包括切片标识、切片组标识、切片对应的频点优先级中的至少之一。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity corresponding to the slice PCI. Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell. Alternatively, the slice-specific cell reselection information includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell. Wherein, the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
可选地,服务小区支持的切片信息与服务频点支持的切片相同。Optionally, the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Correspondingly, in the case that the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
相应的,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识或PCI。Correspondingly, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity or PCI corresponding to the slice.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区选择信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: acquire slice-specific cell selection information configured by the network device; wherein, the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group .
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区选择信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:Optionally, the method also includes:
若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。If the slice information that triggers cell selection is the third slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the third slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, and performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group. Cell selection.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice, then based on the slice The mapping relationship with the slice group determines the slice group described in the third slice, and performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则基于所述第三切片组对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, then based on The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice group performs cell selection.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice, based on the The cell selection information corresponding to the third slice performs cell selection.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第三切片组中确定第三切片,并基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to: in the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering the cell selection is the third slice group, then based on the slice For the mapping relationship with the slice group, determine the third slice in the third slice group, and perform cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice.
示例性地,终端设备可以在第三切片组中例如随机选择一个切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内第一个位置的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内优先级最高的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内最后一个位置的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内优先级最低的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内切片标识最小的切片作为第三切片,或选择在组内切片标识最大的切片作为第三切片。Exemplarily, the terminal device may randomly select a slice in the third slice group as the third slice, or select the slice at the first position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the highest priority in the group as the third slice. The third slice, or select the slice at the last position in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the lowest priority in the group as the third slice, or select the slice with the smallest slice identifier in the group as the third slice, or The slice with the largest slice identity within the group is selected as the third slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息。或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括所述小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区支持的切片信息。其中,切片信息包括切片标识、切片组标识、切片对应的频点优先级中的至少之一。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice . Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, a frequency point corresponding to the cell, and slice information supported by the cell. Alternatively, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell. Wherein, the slice information includes at least one of a slice identifier, a slice group identifier, and a frequency point priority corresponding to the slice.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。也就是说,可以在指示支持的切片的时候,仅指示该小区对应的频点,而不用指示该小区的标识或PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell selection information for the slice includes a frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice. That is to say, when indicating supported slices, only the frequency points corresponding to the cell may be indicated without indicating the identifier or PCI of the cell.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务小区支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the serving cell, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice.
可选地,所述第一处理模块110还用于:Optionally, the first processing module 110 is further configured to:
在确定未配置有针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,所述终端设备的接入层向所述终端设备的非接入层发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述非接入层不向所述接入层发送切片信息。If it is determined that random access resources for slices are not configured, the access layer of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access layer of the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the non-access The access layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
本申请实施例的终端设备100能够实现前述的方法实施例中的终端设备的对应功能,该终端设备100中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)对应的流程、功能、实现方式以及有益效果,可参见上述方法实施例中的对应描述,此处不进行赘述。需要说明,关于本申请实施例的终端设备100 中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)所描述的功能,可以由不同的模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,也可以由同一个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,举例来说,第一发送模块与第二发送模块可以是不同的模块,也可以是同一个模块,均能够实现其在本申请实施例中的相应功能。此外,本申请实施例中的通信模块,可通过设备的收发机实现,其余各模块中的部分或全部可通过设备的处理器实现。The terminal device 100 in the embodiment of the present application can realize the corresponding functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments, and the corresponding processes, functions, implementation methods and benefits of each module (submodule, unit or component, etc.) in the terminal device 100 For effects, refer to the corresponding descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that the functions described by the various modules (submodules, units or components, etc.) in the terminal device 100 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by different modules (submodules, units or components, etc.), or may be implemented by the same One module (submodule, unit or component, etc.) realizes, for example, the first sending module and the second sending module can be different modules, also can be the same module, all can realize its in the embodiment of the present application corresponding function. In addition, the communication module in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver of the device, and part or all of the other modules may be implemented by a processor of the device.
图9是根据本申请一实施例的网络设备200的示意性框图。该网络设备200可以包括:Fig. 9 is a schematic block diagram of a network device 200 according to an embodiment of the present application. The network device 200 may include:
第一通信模块210,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,以使所述终端设备基于所述第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The first communication module 210 is configured to send first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
可选地,所述第一通信模块210具体用于:Optionally, the first communication module 210 is specifically configured to:
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are different, sending the first information to the terminal device;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure. Sending the first information to the terminal device when the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the entry process are different;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure. When the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are the same, sending the first information to the terminal device;
或者,or,
在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access procedure are the same, the first information is sent to the terminal device.
可选地,所述第一通信模块210还用于:Optionally, the first communication module 210 is also used for:
向所述终端设备发送资源配置信息,其中,所述资源配置信息用于指示随机接入资源,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。Send resource configuration information to the terminal device, where the resource configuration information is used to indicate random access resources, where the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
可选地,所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。Optionally, the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述资源配置信息包括在系统信息块SIB和/或无线资源控制RRC信令中。Optionally, the resource configuration information is included in a system information block (SIB) and/or radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
可选地,第一通信模块210还用于:向所述终端设备发送针对切片的小区重选信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。Optionally, the first communication module 210 is further configured to: send cell reselection information for a slice to the terminal device; wherein the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to a corresponding slice or a corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区重选信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区重选信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity corresponding to the slice PCI.
可选地,第一通信模块210还用于:向所述终端设备发送针对切片的小区选择信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。Optionally, the first communication module 210 is further configured to: send slice-specific cell selection information to the terminal device; wherein the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to a corresponding slice or a corresponding slice group.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
可选地,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区选择信息。Optionally, each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。Optionally, the cell selection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
可选地,所述针对切片的小区选择信息由SIB或专用信令承载。Optionally, the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice.
可选地,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI。Optionally, when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice and the cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the slice .
本申请实施例的网络设备200能够实现前述的方法实施例中的网络设备的对应功能。该网络设备200中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)对应的流程、功能、实现方式以及有益效果,可参见上述方法实施例中的对应描述,在此不再赘述。需要说明,关于申请实施例的网络设备200中的各个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)所描述的功能,可以由不同的模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,也可以由同一个模块(子模块、单元或组件等)实现,举例来说,第一发送模块与第二发送模块可以是不同的模块,也可以是同一个模块,均能够实现其在本申请实施例中的相应功能。此外,本申请实施例中的通信模块,可通过设备的收发机实现,其余各模块中的部分或全部可通过设备的处理器实现。The network device 200 in the embodiment of the present application can implement the corresponding functions of the network device in the foregoing method embodiments. For the processes, functions, implementations and beneficial effects corresponding to each module (submodule, unit or component, etc.) in the network device 200, refer to the corresponding description in the above method embodiment, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that the functions described by the modules (submodules, units or components, etc.) in the network device 200 of the embodiment of the application can be realized by different modules (submodules, units or components, etc.), or by the same module (submodule, unit or component, etc.), for example, the first sending module and the second sending module can be different modules, or the same module, all of which can realize their corresponding functions in the embodiments of the present application. Function. In addition, the communication module in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a transceiver of the device, and part or all of the other modules may be implemented by a processor of the device.
图10是根据本申请实施例的通信设备600示意性结构图,其中通信设备600包括处理器610,处理器610可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 600 according to an embodiment of the application, wherein the communication device 600 includes a processor 610, and the processor 610 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the application.
可选地,通信设备600还可以包括存储器620。其中,处理器610可以从存储器620中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, the communication device 600 may further include a memory 620 . Wherein, the processor 610 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 620, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器620可以是独立于处理器610的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器610中。Wherein, the memory 620 may be an independent device independent of the processor 610 , or may be integrated in the processor 610 .
可选地,通信设备600还可以包括收发器630,处理器610可以控制该收发器630与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the communication device 600 may further include a transceiver 630, and the processor 610 may control the transceiver 630 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or to receive information or data sent by other devices .
其中,收发器630可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器630还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Wherein, the transceiver 630 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 630 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该通信设备600可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
可选地,该通信设备600可为本申请实施例的终端设备,并且该通信设备600可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 600 may be the terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 600 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
图11是根据本申请实施例的芯片700的示意性结构图,其中芯片700包括处理器710,处理器710可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip 700 according to an embodiment of the present application, wherein the chip 700 includes a processor 710, and the processor 710 can call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,芯片700还可以包括存储器720。其中,处理器710可以从存储器720中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, the chip 700 may further include a memory 720 . Wherein, the processor 710 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 720, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器720可以是独立于处理器710的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器710中。Wherein, the memory 720 may be an independent device independent of the processor 710 , or may be integrated in the processor 710 .
可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输入接口730。其中,处理器710可以控制该输入接口730与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an input interface 730 . Wherein, the processor 710 can control the input interface 730 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片700还可以包括输出接口740。其中,处理器710可以控制该输出接口740与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 700 may also include an output interface 740 . Wherein, the processor 710 can control the output interface 740 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in the methods of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
上述提及的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。其中,上述提到的通用处理器可以是微处理器或者也可以是任何常规的处理器等。The processor mentioned above can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or Other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. Wherein, the general-purpose processor mentioned above may be a microprocessor or any conventional processor or the like.
上述提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。The aforementioned memories may be volatile memories or nonvolatile memories, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在 包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory is illustrative but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memories in the embodiments of the present application are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
图12是根据本申请实施例的通信系统800的示意性框图,该通信系统800包括终端设备810和网络设备820。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 800 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 800 includes a terminal device 810 and a network device 820 .
其中,该终端设备810可以用于实现本申请各个实施例的方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备820可以用于实现本申请各个实施例的方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能。为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device 810 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the methods of the various embodiments of the present application, and the network device 820 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the methods of the various embodiments of the present application function. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行该计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。该计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center by wire (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (Digital Subscriber Line, DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
所属技术领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
以上所述仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以该权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application, and should covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (148)

  1. 一种随机接入方法,包括:A random access method, comprising:
    终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
    其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。The method of claim 1, wherein the first random access procedure comprises a slice-specific random access procedure.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其中,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的随机接入过程,或,通用随机接入过程。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the second random access procedure comprises a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。The method according to any one of claims 1-3, wherein the third random access procedure comprises a slice-specific random access procedure.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the first random access procedure comprises a two-step random access procedure for a slice, and the third random access procedure comprises a four-step random access procedure for a slice random access process.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的四步随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,或,四步通用随机接入过程。The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the second random access procedure comprises a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for general resources, Or, a four-step universal random access procedure.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数和/或资源。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for a random access procedure.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure. access procedure, and/or, in the case where the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal is supported The device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure access procedure, and/or, when the maximum number of transmission times for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal is supported The device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  10. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information In the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, if the first information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform Rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  11. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information In the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, if the first information includes resources for the second random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform Rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  12. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates the number of transmissions for the second random access procedure If the maximum number of transmissions is not used in the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform A fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure.
  13. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于回退到所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates the number of transmissions for the second random access procedure In a case where the maximum number of transmissions is not used to fall back to the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or, the The terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the first random access procedure.
  14. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示所述针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数不用于所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备不执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure is not used for the In the case of the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or the terminal device does not perform the fallback from the second random access procedure A fallback from a random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure.
  15. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数, 且,所述第一信息指示所述针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数也用于所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for a random access procedure is also used for In the case of the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device performs a rollback from the first random access procedure A fallback of the random access procedure.
  16. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,且,所述第一信息指示所述针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数也用于回退到所述第三随机接入过程的情况下,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退,或者,所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程的回退。The method according to claim 7, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and the first information indicates that the maximum number of transmissions for the random access procedure is also In the case of falling back to the third random access procedure, the terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or, the terminal device A fallback from said first random access procedure is performed.
  17. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息与多个切片中的一个切片对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the first information corresponds to one of the plurality of slices, and the first information is applicable to its corresponding slice.
  18. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息与多个切片组中的一个切片组对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片组中的多个切片。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, wherein the first information corresponds to one slice group in a plurality of slice groups, and the first information is applicable to a plurality of slice groups in the corresponding slice group. slice.
  19. 根据权利要求1-16中任一项所述的方法,所述第一信息适用于多个切片或多个切片组。The method according to any one of claims 1-16, the first information applies to multiple slices or multiple slice groups.
  20. 根据权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-19, wherein the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device ,include:
    所述终端设备在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device executes rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is met.
  21. 根据权利要求1-20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。In a case where the terminal device determines that the first condition is met based on the first information, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  22. 根据权利要求1-21中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-21, wherein the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device ,include:
    所述终端设备在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。In a case where the terminal device determines based on the first information that the first condition is not satisfied, the terminal device does not perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  23. 根据权利要求1-22中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-22, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device executes fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure when it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not met.
  24. 根据权利要求20-23中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20-23, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
  25. 根据权利要求1-24中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-24, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第三随机接入过程。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure.
  26. 根据权利要求20-24中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 20-24, wherein the first condition comprises at least one of the following:
    接收到所述第一信息;receiving the first message;
    在所述网络设备发送的第一消息中出现所述第一信息;The first information appears in a first message sent by the network device;
    所述第一信息指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退;The first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure;
    所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
    所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
    所述第一信息不包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
    所述第一信息包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
    所述针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数小于1;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is less than 1;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
    满足所述第一信息的使用条件。The use condition of the first information is met.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息的使用条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 26, wherein the usage conditions of the first information include at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程的前导码传输次数大于针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The number of preamble transmissions of the first random access procedure is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;configuring a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured;
    未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured;
    配置针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Configuring the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
    配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Configure the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices;
    针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数或针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于或等于1。The maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
  28. 根据权利要求1-27中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-27, wherein the method further comprises:
    在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,得到所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU,包括:The method according to claim 28, wherein the terminal device obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process ,include:
    若满足第二条件,则所述终端设备将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the terminal device uses the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
    和/或,and / or,
    若满足第三条件,则所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第二随机接入过程的第三步消息中的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, the terminal device reassembles the packet based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, and obtains the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,在所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。The method according to claim 29, wherein, in the process that the terminal device reassembles packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure, if the In the third step, the resource size of the message is greater than the grant size of the message A in the first random access procedure, and the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  31. 根据权利要求28-30中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 28-30, wherein the terminal device obtains the first random access procedure based on the medium access control protocol data unit MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure Before the MAC PDU of the third step message in the random access process, the method also includes:
    所述终端设备在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。The terminal device acquires the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
  32. 根据权利要求28-31中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 28-31, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
  33. 根据权利要求1-32中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-32, wherein the method further comprises:
    在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU is to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A 的MAC PDU,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU,包括:The method according to claim 33, wherein the terminal device obtains the MAC of the third step message in the third random access process based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process PDUs, including:
    若满足第二条件,则所述终端设备将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the terminal device uses the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process;
    和/或,and / or,
    若满足第三条件,则所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, the terminal device reassembles the packet based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, and obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process .
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。The method according to claim 34, wherein, in the process of repackaging based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the third step message in the third random access process If the resource size is greater than the grant size of message A in the first random access procedure, then the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  36. 根据权利要求33-35中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 33-35, wherein the terminal device obtains the second random access procedure based on the medium access control protocol data unit MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure Before the MAC PDU of the third step message in the three random access procedures, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。The terminal device acquires the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
  37. 根据权利要求33-36中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 33-36, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The terminal device saves the MAC PDU of the third-step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process in the third-step message buffer.
  38. 根据权利要求29、30、34、35中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 29, 30, 34, 35, wherein the second condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of the message A in the first random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同。Therefore, the grant size of the third-step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  39. 根据权利要求29、30、34、35、38中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第三条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 29, 30, 34, 35, 38, wherein the third condition comprises at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  40. 根据权利要求29、30、34、35、38、39中任一项所述的方法,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备根据数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用所述数据和/或所述MAC CE。The method according to any one of claims 29, 30, 34, 35, 38, and 39, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the The terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE.
  41. 根据权利要求29、30、34、35、38-40中任一项所述的方法,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备优先复用数据。The method according to any one of claims 29, 30, 34, 35, 38-40, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, the The above-mentioned terminal equipment preferentially multiplexes data.
  42. 根据权利要求1-41中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-41, wherein the method further comprises:
    在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。If the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  43. 根据权利要求1-42中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-42, wherein the method further comprises:
    在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。When the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  44. 根据权利要求42或43所述的方法,其中,所述第四条件包括:The method according to claim 42 or 43, wherein said fourth condition comprises:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  45. 根据权利要求1-44中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-44, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备基于网络设备发送的资源配置信息,获取随机接入资源;其中,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。The terminal device acquires random access resources based on the resource configuration information sent by the network device; wherein the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 45, wherein said method further comprises:
    在所述随机接入资源不包括针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,所述终端设备使用通用随机接入资源执行随机接入过程。In the case that the random access resource does not include the random access resource for a slice, the terminal device uses the general random access resource to perform a random access procedure.
  47. 根据权利要求44或45所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。The method according to claim 44 or 45, wherein the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or a plurality of slices in a corresponding slice group.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的随机接入资源对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。The method of claim 47, wherein the random access resource for a slice corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  49. 根据权利要求47或48所述的方法,其中,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的随机接入资源。The method according to claim 47 or 48, wherein each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one random access resource for a slice.
  50. 根据权利要求47-49中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 47-49, wherein the method further comprises:
    若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。If the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the random access corresponding to the slice group, Incoming resources for random access.
  51. 根据权利要求47-49中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 47-49, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第一切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice, the terminal device, based on the slice and The mapping relationship of the slice group determines the slice group to which the first slice belongs, and performs random access based on the random access resource corresponding to the slice group.
  52. 根据权利要求47-49中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 47-49, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述资源配置信息配置的所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发随机接入的切片信息为第一切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第一切片组对应的随机接入资源进行随机接入。In the case where the random access resource for a slice configured in the resource configuration information is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering random access is the first slice group, the terminal device, based on the performing random access on the random access resource corresponding to the first slice group.
  53. 根据权利要求45-52中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述资源配置信息包括在系统信息块SIB和/或无线资源控制RRC信令中。The method according to any one of claims 45-52, wherein the resource configuration information is included in a System Information Block (SIB) and/or Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  54. 根据权利要求45-53中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 45-53, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备基于所述针对切片的随机接入资源,执行所述第一随机接入过程。The terminal device executes the first random access procedure based on the slice-specific random access resources.
  55. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,在所述随机接入资源中,若针对切片的两步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括第一前导码组,则四步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组。The method according to claim 45, wherein, in the random access resources, if the preamble group configured for the two-step random access procedure of the slice includes the first preamble group, the four-step random access procedure configuration The set of preambles includes the first set of preambles.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中,在支持两步随机接入过程的回退或支持针对切片的两步随机接入过程回退的情况下,若针对切片的两步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组,则所述四步随机接入过程配置的前导码组包括所述第一前导码组。The method according to claim 55, wherein, in the case of supporting the fallback of the two-step random access procedure or supporting the fallback of the two-step random access procedure for the slice, if the two-step random access procedure for the slice is configured The set of preambles includes the first set of preambles, then the set of preambles configured in the four-step random access procedure includes the first set of preambles.
  57. 根据权利要求55或56所述的方法,其中,所述四步随机接入过程包括以下至少之一:针对切片的四步随机接入过程、针对非切片的四步随机接入过程、针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程、四步通用随机接入过程。The method according to claim 55 or 56, wherein the four-step random access procedure includes at least one of the following: a four-step random access procedure for slices, a four-step random access procedure for non-slices, a four-step random access procedure for general Four-step random access process of resources, four-step general random access process.
  58. 根据权利要求55-57中任一项所述的方法,其中,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程的资源且包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程的资源,则所述四步随机接入过程为针对切片的四步随机接入过程。The method according to any one of claims 55-57, wherein if the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice and resources for a four-step random access process for a slice, Then the four-step random access process is a four-step random access process for slices.
  59. 根据权利要求55-58中任一项所述的方法,其中,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步 随机接入过程的资源但不包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程的资源,或者,若所述随机接入资源包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程的资源但所述随机接入资源中四步随机接入过程的资源中仅配置有通用随机接入资源,则所述四步随机接入过程为针对非切片的四步随机接入过程或针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程或四步通用随机接入过程。The method according to any one of claims 55-58, wherein if the random access resources include resources for a two-step random access process for a slice but do not include resources for a four-step random access process for a slice , or, if the random access resources include resources of a two-step random access process for a slice but resources of a four-step random access process in the random access resources are only configured with general random access resources, then the The four-step random access process is a four-step random access process for non-slicing or a four-step random access process for common resources or a four-step universal random access process.
  60. 根据权利要求1-59中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-59, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区重选信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The terminal device acquires slice-specific cell reselection information configured by the network device; wherein the slice-specific cell reselection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。The method of claim 60, wherein the slice-specific cell reselection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  62. 根据权利要求60或61所述的方法,其中,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区重选信息。The method according to claim 60 or 61, wherein each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell reselection information.
  63. 根据权利要求60-62中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the method further comprises:
    若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。If the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the second slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, and based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group , to perform cell reselection.
  64. 根据权利要求60-62中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第二切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice, the terminal device determines the the slice group described in the second slice, and perform cell reselection based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the slice group.
  65. 根据权利要求60-62中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第二切片组对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, the terminal device Reselection information for cell reselection.
  66. 根据权利要求60-62中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片,则所述终端设备基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息进行小区重选。In the case where the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is a second slice, the terminal device is based on the cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice Perform cell reselection.
  67. 根据权利要求60-62中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 60-62, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区重选的切片信息为第二切片组,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第二切片组中确定第二切片,并基于所述第二切片对应的小区重选信息,进行小区重选。In the case that the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell reselection is the second slice group, then the terminal device, based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group, in the Determine a second slice from the second slice group, and perform cell reselection based on cell reselection information corresponding to the second slice.
  68. 根据权利要求60-67中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。The method according to any one of claims 60-67, wherein the cell reselection information for a slice includes a frequency point corresponding to a slice or a cell corresponding to a slice.
  69. 根据权利要求60-68中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息由SIB或专用信令承载。The method according to any one of claims 60-68, wherein the slice-specific cell reselection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  70. 根据权利要求60-69中任一项所述的方法,其中,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。The method according to any one of claims 60-69, wherein, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes the frequency of the cell corresponding to the slice. point.
  71. 根据权利要求60-70中任一项所述的方法,其中,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI,或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息,或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI和所述小区支持的切片信息。The method according to any one of claims 60-70, wherein when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell reselection information for the slice includes The cell identity CI or physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the frequency point and the slice, or the cell reselection information for the slice includes the cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, the frequency point corresponding to the cell, and the slice supported by the cell Alternatively, the slice-specific cell reselection information includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to a cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  72. 根据权利要求70-71中任一项所述的方法,其中,服务小区支持的切片信息与服务频点支持的切片相同。The method according to any one of claims 70-71, wherein the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
  73. 根据权利要求1-72中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-72, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备获取所述网络设备配置的针对切片的小区选择信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The terminal device acquires slice-specific cell selection information configured by the network device; wherein the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息对应于至少一个切片或至少一个切片组。The method of claim 73, wherein the slice-specific cell selection information corresponds to at least one slice or at least one slice group.
  75. 根据权利要求72或73所述的方法,其中,每个切片或每个切片组仅对应于一个针对切片的小区选择信息。The method according to claim 72 or 73, wherein each slice or each slice group corresponds to only one slice-specific cell selection information.
  76. 根据权利要求72-75中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 72-75, wherein the method further comprises:
    若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所属的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。If the slice information that triggers cell selection is the third slice, the terminal device determines the slice group to which the third slice belongs based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, and performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group. Cell selection.
  77. 根据权利要求72-75中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 72-75, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,确定所述第三切片所述的切片组,并基于所述切片组对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。In the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice, the terminal device determines the third slice based on the mapping relationship between the slice and the slice group. three slices of the slice group, and perform cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the slice group.
  78. 根据权利要求72-75中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 72-75, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片组的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则所述终端设备基于所述第三切片组对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。In the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice group, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, the terminal device selects the information based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice group Perform neighborhood selection.
  79. 根据权利要求72-75中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 72-75, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片,则所述终端设备基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息进行小区选择。In the case where the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is a third slice, the terminal device performs cell selection based on the cell selection information corresponding to the third slice .
  80. 根据权利要求72-75中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 72-75, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片的情况下,若触发小区选择的切片信息为第三切片组,则所述终端设备基于切片与切片组的映射关系,在所述第三切片组中确定第三切片,并基于所述第三切片对应的小区选择信息,进行小区选择。In the case that the cell selection information for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice, if the slice information triggering cell selection is the third slice group, then the terminal device, based on the mapping relationship between slices and slice groups, in the second A third slice is determined in the three-slice group, and cell selection is performed based on cell selection information corresponding to the third slice.
  81. 根据权利要求72-80中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的频点或切片对应的小区。The method according to any one of claims 72-80, wherein the cell selection information for the slice includes a frequency point corresponding to the slice or a cell corresponding to the slice.
  82. 根据权利要求72-81中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息由SIB或专用信令承载。The method according to any one of claims 72-81, wherein the slice-specific cell selection information is carried by SIB or dedicated signaling.
  83. 根据权利要求72-82中任一项所述的方法,其中,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点。The method according to any one of claims 72-82, wherein, when the slice supported by the cell is the same as the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency point of the cell corresponding to the slice .
  84. 根据权利要求72-83中任一项所述的方法,其中,在小区支持的切片与服务频点支持的切片不相同的情况下,所述针对切片的小区选择信息包括切片对应的小区的频点和切片对应的小区标识CI或物理小区标识PCI,或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区对应的频点和所述小区支持的切片信息,或者,所述针对切片的小区重选信息包括小区对应的小区标识CI或PCI以及所述小区支持的切片信息。The method according to any one of claims 72-83, wherein when the slice supported by the cell is different from the slice supported by the service frequency point, the cell selection information for the slice includes the frequency of the cell corresponding to the slice. The cell identity CI or the physical cell identity PCI corresponding to the point and the slice, or the cell reselection information for the slice includes the cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell, the frequency point corresponding to the cell, and the slice information supported by the cell Or, the cell reselection information for a slice includes a cell identity CI or PCI corresponding to the cell and slice information supported by the cell.
  85. 根据权利要求72-84中任一项所述的方法,其中,服务小区支持的切片信息与服务频点支持的切片相同。The method according to any one of claims 72-84, wherein the slice information supported by the serving cell is the same as the slice supported by the serving frequency point.
  86. 根据权利要求1-85中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-85, wherein the method further comprises:
    在确定未配置有针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,所述终端设备的接入层向所述终端设备的非接入层发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述非接入层不向所述接入层发送切片信息。If it is determined that random access resources for slices are not configured, the access layer of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access layer of the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the non-access The access layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
  87. 一种随机接入方法,包括:A random access method, comprising:
    网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,以使所述终端设备基于所述第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;The network device sends first information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
    其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  88. 根据权利要求87所述的方法,其中,所述网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息,包括:The method according to claim 87, wherein the network device sending the first information to the terminal device comprises:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure. When the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are different, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure. In the case that the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the entry process are different, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure. When the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are the same, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure. In a case where the preamble group selection threshold configured in the random access procedure is the same, the network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  89. 根据权利要求87或88所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 87 or 88, wherein said method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送资源配置信息,其中,所述资源配置信息用于指示随机接入资源,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。The network device sends resource configuration information to the terminal device, where the resource configuration information is used to indicate random access resources, and the random access resources include general random access resources and/or random access for slices resource.
  90. 根据权利要求87-89中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 87-89, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送针对切片的小区重选信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区重选信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The network device sends cell reselection information for a slice to the terminal device; wherein the cell reselection information for a slice is applicable to a corresponding slice or a corresponding slice group.
  91. 根据权利要求87-90所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claims 87-90, wherein said method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送针对切片的小区选择信息;其中,所述针对切片的小区选择信息适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组。The network device sends slice-specific cell selection information to the terminal device; wherein the slice-specific cell selection information is applicable to its corresponding slice or corresponding slice group.
  92. 一种终端设备,包括:A terminal device comprising:
    第一处理模块,用于基于网络设备发送的第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;A first processing module, configured to determine whether to perform a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information sent by the network device;
    其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  93. 根据权利要求92所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。The terminal device of claim 92, wherein the first random access procedure comprises a slice-specific random access procedure.
  94. 根据权利要求92或93所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的随机接入过程,或,通用随机接入过程。The terminal device according to claim 92 or 93, wherein the second random access procedure comprises a random access procedure for non-slicing, or a random access procedure for general resources, or a general random access procedure .
  95. 根据权利要求92-94中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的随机接入过程。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-94, wherein the third random access procedure comprises a slice-specific random access procedure.
  96. 根据权利要求92-95中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一随机接入过程包括针对切片的两步随机接入过程,所述第三随机接入过程包括针对切片的四步随机接入过程。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-95, wherein the first random access procedure includes a two-step random access procedure for a slice, and the third random access procedure includes a four-step random access procedure for a slice. Step random access process.
  97. 根据权利要求92-96中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二随机接入过程包括针对非切片的四步随机接入过程,或,针对通用资源的四步随机接入过程,或,四步通用随机接入过程。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-96, wherein the second random access procedure comprises a four-step random access procedure for non-slicing, or a four-step random access procedure for common resources , or, a four-step universal random access procedure.
  98. 根据权利要求92-97中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一信息包括针对随机接入过程的最大传输次数和/或资源。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-97, wherein the first information includes a maximum number of transmissions and/or resources for a random access procedure.
  99. 根据权利要求98所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device according to claim 98, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure The maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure, and/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the The terminal device performs a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  100. 根据权利要求98所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息不包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device according to claim 98, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or the first information does not include the maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure The maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure, and/or, when the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure in the first information is greater than or equal to 1, the first information is used to indicate that the The terminal device performs fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  101. 根据权利要求98所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device according to claim 98, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the number of transmissions in the first information for the third random access procedure When the maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, if the first information does not include resources for the third random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to perform slave A fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  102. 根据权利要求98所述的终端设备,其中,在所述第一信息包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数,和/或,所述第一信息中的针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于等于1的情况下,若所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源,则所述第一信息用于指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。The terminal device according to claim 98, wherein the first information includes the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure, and/or, the number of transmissions in the first information for the third random access procedure In the case where the maximum number of transmissions of the access procedure is greater than or equal to 1, if the first information includes resources for the second random access procedure, the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is supported to execute from the Rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  103. 根据权利要求92-102中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一信息与多个切片中的一个切片对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-102, wherein the first information corresponds to one of the plurality of slices, and the first information is applicable to the corresponding slice.
  104. 根据权利要求92-102中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一信息与多个切片组中的一个切片组对应,所述第一信息适用于其对应的切片组中的多个切片。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-102, wherein the first information corresponds to one slice group in the plurality of slice groups, and the first information is applicable to multiple slice groups in the corresponding slice group. slices.
  105. 根据权利要求92-102中任一项所述的终端设备,所述第一信息适用于多个切片或多个切片组。The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-102, the first information is applicable to multiple slices or multiple slice groups.
  106. 根据权利要求92-105中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-105, wherein the first processing module is configured to:
    在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退。In a case where it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied, performing a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure.
  107. 根据权利要求92-106中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-106, wherein the first processing module is configured to:
    在基于所述第一信息确定满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。If it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is satisfied, no rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure is performed.
  108. 根据权利要求92-107中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-107, wherein the first processing module is configured to:
    在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,不执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退。If it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not satisfied, no rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure is performed.
  109. 根据权利要求92-108中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-108, wherein the first processing module is configured to:
    在基于所述第一信息确定不满足第一条件的情况下,执行从第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退。In a case where it is determined based on the first information that the first condition is not met, performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  110. 根据权利要求106-109中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 106-109, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are different, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the two random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is satisfied based on the first information;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第二随机接入过程或者基于所述第一信息确定是否满足所述第一条件。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure If the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the second random access procedure or determines whether the first condition is met based on the first information.
  111. 根据权利要求92-110中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-110, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同,或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,所述终端设备回退到所述第三随机接入过程。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure In a case where the preamble group selection thresholds configured by the three random access procedures are the same, the terminal device falls back to the third random access procedure.
  112. 根据权利要求106-110中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一条件包括以下至少之一:The terminal device according to any one of claims 106-110, wherein the first condition includes at least one of the following:
    接收到所述第一信息;receiving the first message;
    在所述网络设备发送的第一消息中出现所述第一信息;The first information appears in a first message sent by the network device;
    所述第一信息指示支持所述终端设备执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退;The first information indicates that the terminal device is supported to perform rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure;
    所述第一信息包括针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
    所述第一信息不包括针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
    所述第一信息不包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information does not include a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
    所述第一信息包括针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The first information includes a maximum number of random access transmissions for a slice;
    所述针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数小于1;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is less than 1;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
    满足所述第一信息的使用条件。The use condition of the first information is met.
  113. 根据权利要求112所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一信息的使用条件包括以下至少之一:The terminal device according to claim 112, wherein the usage conditions of the first information include at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程的前导码传输次数大于针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The number of preamble transmissions of the first random access procedure is greater than the maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的资源;resources for the third random access procedure are not configured;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的资源;configuring resources for the second random access procedure;
    配置针对所述第二随机接入过程的最大传输次数;configuring a maximum number of transmissions for the second random access procedure;
    未配置针对所述第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;The maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is not configured;
    未配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;The maximum number of random access transmissions for slices is not configured;
    配置针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数;Configuring the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure;
    配置针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数;Configure the maximum number of random access transmissions for slices;
    针对切片的随机接入最大传输次数或针对第三随机接入过程的最大传输次数大于或等于1。The maximum number of random access transmissions for the slice or the maximum number of transmissions for the third random access procedure is greater than or equal to 1.
  114. 根据权利要求92-113中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-113, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU obtains the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process.
  115. 根据权利要求114所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块用于:The terminal device according to claim 114, wherein the first processing module is configured to:
    若满足第二条件,则将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process;
    和/或,and / or,
    若满足第三条件,则基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第二随机接入过程的第三步消息中的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process to obtain the MAC PDU in the third step message of the second random access process.
  116. 根据权利要求115所述的终端设备,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。The terminal device according to claim 115, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access procedure, if the third step in the second random access procedure If the resource size of the message is greater than the grant size of message A in the first random access procedure, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  117. 根据权利要求114-116中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 114-116, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。Obtain the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
  118. 根据权利要求114-117中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 114-117, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第二随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The MAC PDU of the third step message in the second random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
  119. 根据权利要求92-118中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-118, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退的情况下,所述终端设备基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的媒体接入控制协议数据单元MAC PDU,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。In the case of performing a fallback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, the terminal device is based on the medium access control protocol of message A in the first random access procedure The data unit MAC PDU is to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
  120. 根据权利要求119所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块具体用于:The terminal device according to claim 119, wherein the first processing module is specifically configured to:
    若满足第二条件,则将所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU,作为所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU;If the second condition is met, the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is used as the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process;
    和/或,and / or,
    若满足第三条件,则基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包,得到所述第三随机接入过程中的的第三步消息的MAC PDU。If the third condition is met, repacking is performed based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, to obtain the MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process.
  121. 根据权利要求120所述的终端设备,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,若所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的资源大小大于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的授权大小,则所述终端设备基于预设比特或新数据填充PDU的剩余空间。The terminal device according to claim 120, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, if the third step in the third random access process If the resource size of the message is greater than the grant size of message A in the first random access procedure, the terminal device fills the remaining space of the PDU based on preset bits or new data.
  122. 根据权利要求119-121中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 119-121, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在消息A缓冲区中获取所述消息A的MAC PDU。Obtain the MAC PDU of the message A in the message A buffer.
  123. 根据权利要求119-122中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 119-122, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    将基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU得到的所述第三随机接入过程中的第三步消息的MAC PDU保存在第三步消息缓冲区中。The MAC PDU of the third step message in the third random access process obtained based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process is stored in the third step message buffer.
  124. 根据权利要求115、116、120、121中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第二条件包括以下至少之一:The terminal device according to any one of claims 115, 116, 120, and 121, wherein the second condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC  PDU大小相同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access process is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access process;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小相同。Therefore, the grant size of the third-step message in the third random access procedure is the same as the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  125. 根据权利要求115、116、120、121、124中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第三条件包括以下至少之一:The terminal device according to any one of claims 115, 116, 120, 121, and 124, wherein the third condition includes at least one of the following:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  126. 根据权利要求115、116、120、121、124、125中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备根据数据的优先级和/或MAC CE的优先级,复用所述数据和/或所述MAC CE。The terminal device according to any one of claims 115, 116, 120, 121, 124, and 125, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, The terminal device multiplexes the data and/or the MAC CE according to the priority of the data and/or the priority of the MAC CE.
  127. 根据权利要求115、116、120、121、124-126中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,在基于所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU进行重组包的过程中,所述终端设备优先复用数据。The terminal device according to any one of claims 115, 116, 120, 121, 124-126, wherein, in the process of reassembling packets based on the MAC PDU of message A in the first random access process, The terminal device preferentially multiplexes data.
  128. 根据权利要求92-127中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-127, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。If the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  129. 根据权利要求92-128中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-128, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在满足第四条件的情况下,所述终端设备停止随机接入、停止执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第三随机接入过程的回退或确定随机接入失败。When the fourth condition is met, the terminal device stops random access, stops performing rollback from the first random access procedure to the third random access procedure, or determines that random access fails.
  130. 根据权利要求128或129所述的终端设备,其中,所述第四条件包括:The terminal device according to claim 128 or 129, wherein the fourth condition comprises:
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the second random access procedure;
    所以第二随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同;Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the second random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure;
    所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同;The preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group selection threshold configured in the third random access procedure;
    所以第三随机接入过程的第三步消息的授权大小与所述第一随机接入过程中的消息A的MAC PDU大小不同。Therefore, the authorization size of the third step message in the third random access procedure is different from the MAC PDU size of message A in the first random access procedure.
  131. 根据权利要求92-130中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-130, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    基于网络设备发送的资源配置信息,获取随机接入资源;其中,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。Acquire random access resources based on resource configuration information sent by the network device; where the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
  132. 根据权利要求131所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to claim 131, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在所述随机接入资源不包括针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,使用通用随机接入资源执行随机接入过程。In case the random access resources do not include random access resources for slices, a random access procedure is performed using general random access resources.
  133. 根据权利要求131或132所述的终端设备,其中,所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。The terminal device according to claim 131 or 132, wherein the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or multiple slices in a corresponding slice group.
  134. 根据权利要求131-133中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述资源配置信息包括在系统信息块SIB和/或无线资源控制RRC信令中。The terminal device according to any one of claims 131-133, wherein the resource configuration information is included in a System Information Block (SIB) and/or Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  135. 根据权利要求131-134中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 131-134, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    基于所述针对切片的随机接入资源,执行所述第一随机接入过程。The first random access procedure is performed based on the slice-specific random access resources.
  136. 根据权利要求92-135中任一项所述的终端设备,其中,所述第一处理模块还用于:The terminal device according to any one of claims 92-135, wherein the first processing module is further configured to:
    在确定未配置有针对切片的随机接入资源的情况下,所述终端设备的接入层向所述终端设备的非接入层发送第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述非接入层不向所述接入层发送切片信息。If it is determined that random access resources for slices are not configured, the access layer of the terminal device sends second information to the non-access layer of the terminal device, where the second information is used to indicate that the non-access The access layer does not send slice information to the access layer.
  137. 一种网络设备,包括:A network device comprising:
    第一通信模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信息,以使所述终端设备基于所述第一信息,确定是否执行从第一随机接入过程到第二随机接入过程的回退;A first communication module, configured to send first information to a terminal device, so that the terminal device determines whether to perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure based on the first information;
    其中,所述第一信息用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到所述第二随机接入过程的回退,或者,用于指示是否支持或执行从所述第一随机接入过程到第三随机接入过程的回退。Wherein, the first information is used to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure, or to indicate whether to support or perform a rollback from the first random access procedure to the second random access procedure. Rollback from the random access procedure to the third random access procedure.
  138. 根据权利要求137所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一通信模块具体用于:The network device according to claim 137, wherein the first communication module is specifically used for:
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the second random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are different, sending the first information to the terminal device;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组不同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限不同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is different from the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is different from that configured in the third random access procedure. Sending the first information to the terminal device when the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the entry process are different;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第二随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息;The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the second random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the second random access procedure. When the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access process are the same, sending the first information to the terminal device;
    或者,or,
    在所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组相同或者所述第一随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限与所述第三随机接入过程配置的前导码组选择门限相同的情况下,向所述终端设备发送所述第一信息。The preamble group configured in the first random access procedure is the same as the preamble group configured in the third random access procedure, or the preamble group selection threshold configured in the first random access procedure is the same as that configured in the third random access procedure. If the preamble group selection thresholds configured in the random access procedure are the same, the first information is sent to the terminal device.
  139. 根据权利要求137或138所述的网络设备,其中,所述第一通信模块还用于:The network device according to claim 137 or 138, wherein the first communication module is further configured to:
    向所述终端设备发送资源配置信息,其中,所述资源配置信息用于指示随机接入资源,所述随机接入资源包括通用随机接入资源和/或针对切片的随机接入资源。Send resource configuration information to the terminal device, where the resource configuration information is used to indicate random access resources, where the random access resources include general random access resources and/or slice-specific random access resources.
  140. 根据权利要求139所述的网络设备,其中,所述针对切片的随机接入资源适用于其对应的切片或对应的切片组中的多个切片。The network device according to claim 139, wherein the random access resource for a slice is applicable to its corresponding slice or a plurality of slices in a corresponding slice group.
  141. 根据权利要求139或140所述的网络设备,其中,所述资源配置信息包括在系统信息块SIB和/或无线资源控制RRC信令中。The network device according to claim 139 or 140, wherein the resource configuration information is included in a System Information Block (SIB) and/or Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  142. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至86中任一项所述的方法的步骤。A terminal device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs, the processor calls and runs the computer programs stored in the memory, and executes the computer program described in any one of claims 1 to 86 steps of the method.
  143. 一种网络设备,包括:处理器和存储器,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求87至91中任一项所述的方法的步骤。A network device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store computer programs, the processor invokes and runs the computer programs stored in the memory, and executes the computer program described in any one of claims 87 to 91 steps of the method.
  144. 一种芯片,包括:A chip comprising:
    处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至91中任一项所述的方法的步骤。The processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the steps of the method according to any one of claims 1 to 91.
  145. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,其中,A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, wherein,
    所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至91中任一项所述的方法的步骤。The computer program causes a computer to perform the steps of the method as claimed in any one of claims 1-91.
  146. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,其中,A computer program product comprising computer program instructions, wherein,
    所述计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至91中任一项所述的方法的步骤。The computer program instructions cause a computer to perform the steps of the method as claimed in any one of claims 1-91.
  147. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至91中任一项所述的方法的步骤。A computer program that causes a computer to execute the steps of the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 91.
  148. 一种通信系统,包括:A communication system comprising:
    终端设备,用于执行如权利要求1至86中任一项所述的方法;A terminal device, configured to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 86;
    网络设备,用于执行如权利要求87至91中任一项所述的方法。A network device, configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 87-91.
PCT/CN2021/125411 2021-10-21 2021-10-21 Random access method, terminal device, and network device WO2023065244A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/125411 WO2023065244A1 (en) 2021-10-21 2021-10-21 Random access method, terminal device, and network device
CN202180100344.8A CN117730614A (en) 2021-10-21 2021-10-21 Random access method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/125411 WO2023065244A1 (en) 2021-10-21 2021-10-21 Random access method, terminal device, and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023065244A1 true WO2023065244A1 (en) 2023-04-27

Family

ID=86058650

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/125411 WO2023065244A1 (en) 2021-10-21 2021-10-21 Random access method, terminal device, and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117730614A (en)
WO (1) WO2023065244A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111263462A (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-06-09 维沃移动通信有限公司 Random access method and device
WO2020154992A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access procedure based on two-step random access channel procedure and four-step random access channel procedure
CN111757529A (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and equipment
CN113383605A (en) * 2019-02-01 2021-09-10 高通股份有限公司 Random access procedure fallback

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111263462A (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-06-09 维沃移动通信有限公司 Random access method and device
WO2020154992A1 (en) * 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Random access procedure based on two-step random access channel procedure and four-step random access channel procedure
CN113383605A (en) * 2019-02-01 2021-09-10 高通股份有限公司 Random access procedure fallback
CN111757529A (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, device and equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "Slice based RACH configuration", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-2103089, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Online; 20210412 - 20210420, 2 April 2021 (2021-04-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, XP052174707 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117730614A (en) 2024-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111837446B (en) Random access method and communication equipment
CN113068271B (en) Random access method and device, network equipment and terminal
US20230239774A1 (en) Network slicing information processing method, terminal device, and network device
WO2019237805A1 (en) Random access method and apparatus and communication device
TW202010334A (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal
WO2020107429A1 (en) Random access method and device
JP7297866B2 (en) Random access method and related equipment
WO2020124763A1 (en) Random access method and device
WO2020056717A1 (en) Method and device for associating resources, terminal, and network apparatus
WO2022067519A1 (en) Random access methods and terminals
US20230129426A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2022126667A1 (en) Method for processing random access response, and network device and terminal device
WO2023065244A1 (en) Random access method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022099634A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022067614A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
EP3619991B1 (en) A communications device, method and copmputer program for transmission of a message in response to a random access response comprising multiple grants
WO2023019409A1 (en) Information indication method, terminal device, network device, chip, and storage medium
US20220225433A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022246588A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2023060577A1 (en) Method for establishing connection, terminal device, and network device
CN118104330A (en) Uplink timing adjustment method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21960993

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180100344.8

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE